]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 | 81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
888dde65 | 82 | #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" |
0c589ad0 | 83 | |
750b78ba | 84 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 85 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
86 | #endif |
87 | ||
789295bf VZ |
88 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
89 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
90 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
91 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
92 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
93 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
94 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
95 | ||
d9317fd4 | 96 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 97 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 98 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 99 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
100 | #include <string.h> |
101 | ||
d61c1a6f | 102 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
103 | #include <shellapi.h> |
104 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
105 | #endif |
106 | ||
107 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 108 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
109 | #endif |
110 | ||
dcfd4ac4 | 111 | #if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H |
dbc74bcc WS |
112 | #include <pbt.h> |
113 | #endif | |
2bda0e17 | 114 | |
7f0586ef | 115 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 116 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
117 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
118 | #include <windows.h> | |
119 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
120 | #include <ole2.h> | |
121 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
122 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
123 | #endif |
124 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
125 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
126 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
127 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
128 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
129 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
130 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
131 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
132 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
133 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
134 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
135 | #endif | |
136 | ||
21487550 VZ |
137 | // define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them |
138 | #ifndef AW_CENTER | |
139 | #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001 | |
140 | #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002 | |
141 | #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004 | |
142 | #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008 | |
143 | #define AW_CENTER 0x00000010 | |
144 | #define AW_HIDE 0x00010000 | |
145 | #define AW_ACTIVATE 0x00020000 | |
146 | #define AW_SLIDE 0x00040000 | |
147 | #define AW_BLEND 0x00080000 | |
148 | #endif | |
149 | ||
aafb9978 | 150 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
151 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
152 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
153 | ||
7d86a2d4 VZ |
154 | // if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when |
155 | // resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in | |
156 | // different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it | |
157 | // by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely) | |
f2197644 JS |
158 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
159 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0 | |
160 | #else | |
8e44f3ca | 161 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1 |
f2197644 | 162 | #endif |
8e44f3ca | 163 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
164 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
165 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
166 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
167 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
168 | #else | |
169 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
170 | #endif | |
171 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
172 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
173 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
174 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
175 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
176 | #endif | |
177 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 178 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 179 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 180 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 181 | |
1950edc3 RR |
182 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
183 | extern wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
184 | #endif | |
185 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
186 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
187 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
08158721 | 188 | static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 189 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
190 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
191 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
2b053ae9 | 192 | static struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
193 | { |
194 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
195 | wxPoint pos; | |
196 | ||
197 | // last mouse event type | |
198 | wxEventType type; | |
199 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
200 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
201 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
202 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
203 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
204 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
205 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
206 | ||
207 | static MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; | |
208 | ||
dca0f651 VZ |
209 | // hash containing all our windows, it uses HWND keys and wxWindow* values |
210 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(HWND, wxWindow *, | |
211 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
212 | WindowHandles); | |
213 | ||
214 | static WindowHandles gs_windowHandles; | |
215 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
216 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
217 | // private functions | |
218 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
219 | ||
220 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 221 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 222 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 223 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
224 | |
225 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4a712ba3 | 226 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
42e69d6b | 227 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 228 | |
1e6feb95 | 229 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 230 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 | 231 | |
f6bcfd97 | 232 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
233 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
234 | ||
42b1fb63 | 235 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 236 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
237 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
238 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 239 | |
c48926e1 | 240 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 241 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
242 | { |
243 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
244 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
245 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
246 | ||
247 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
248 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 249 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
250 | |
251 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 252 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 253 | { |
313901f3 | 254 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 255 | } |
c48926e1 | 256 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 257 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
258 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
259 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
260 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
261 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
262 | { | |
263 | /* | |
264 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
265 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
266 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
267 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
268 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
269 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
270 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
271 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
272 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
273 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 274 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 275 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
276 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
277 | { | |
d66d0500 | 278 | LONG exStyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(parent); |
ee471817 VZ |
279 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
280 | { | |
281 | // force the parent to have this style | |
d66d0500 | 282 | wxSetWindowExStyle(parent, exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); |
ee471817 VZ |
283 | } |
284 | ||
285 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
286 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
287 | } |
288 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
289 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
290 | ||
f2325516 JS |
291 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
292 | // On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function | |
293 | // instead | |
294 | bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt) | |
295 | { | |
7d30268c JS |
296 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
297 | { | |
298 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); | |
299 | pt->x = LOWORD(pos); | |
300 | pt->y = HIWORD(pos); | |
301 | } | |
f2325516 JS |
302 | return true; |
303 | } | |
304 | #endif | |
305 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
306 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
307 | // event tables | |
308 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
309 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
310 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
311 | // method | |
312 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
313 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
314 | #else // __WXMSW__ | |
51596bcb | 315 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
6a89f9ee | 316 | |
f3291a82 SC |
317 | // windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls |
318 | // must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as | |
319 | // windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway | |
320 | ||
321 | bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) | |
322 | { | |
323 | const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ; | |
324 | if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) | |
325 | return false ; | |
326 | return true ; | |
327 | } | |
328 | ||
329 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback) | |
51596bcb | 330 | |
6a89f9ee SC |
331 | // make wxWindowList known before the property is used |
332 | ||
321239b6 | 333 | wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
334 | |
335 | template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value) | |
336 | { | |
0c6b0084 | 337 | wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
338 | } |
339 | ||
bc9fb572 JS |
340 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
341 | ||
321239b6 | 342 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
bc9fb572 JS |
343 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
344 | // use them for streaming out | |
5c6c3176 | 345 | |
321239b6 SC |
346 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
347 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
348 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
349 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
350 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
351 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
35bbb0c6 | 352 | |
bc9fb572 | 353 | // old style border flags |
321239b6 SC |
354 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
355 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
356 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
357 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
358 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
cb0afb26 | 359 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
bc9fb572 JS |
360 | |
361 | // standard window styles | |
321239b6 SC |
362 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
363 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
364 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
365 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
cb0afb26 | 366 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
321239b6 SC |
367 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) |
368 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
369 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
370 | ||
371 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) | |
372 | ||
373 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) | |
3a3c8603 DS |
374 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent) |
375 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent ) | |
376 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent ) | |
51741307 SC |
377 | // Always constructor Properties first |
378 | ||
af498247 | 379 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
fb7e28db | 380 | wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") ) |
abb74e0f WS |
381 | wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos |
382 | wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size | |
af498247 | 383 | wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
51741307 SC |
384 | |
385 | // Then all relations of the object graph | |
386 | ||
321239b6 | 387 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
51741307 SC |
388 | |
389 | // and finally all other properties | |
390 | ||
3a3c8603 DS |
391 | wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle |
392 | wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg | |
393 | wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg | |
394 | wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
395 | wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
51741307 SC |
396 | #if 0 |
397 | // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses | |
8b5d5223 | 398 | wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 | 399 | wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont , ) |
8b5d5223 | 400 | wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 DS |
401 | // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width |
402 | // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels | |
6a89f9ee | 403 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
404 | wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , ) |
405 | //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , ) | |
406 | // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , ) | |
407 | wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , ) | |
6a89f9ee SC |
408 | |
409 | ||
410 | ||
51741307 | 411 | #endif |
321239b6 | 412 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
51596bcb | 413 | |
321239b6 SC |
414 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) |
415 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
51596bcb | 416 | |
321239b6 | 417 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) |
6a89f9ee | 418 | |
51596bcb | 419 | #else |
1e6feb95 | 420 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) |
51596bcb | 421 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
422 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__ |
423 | ||
424 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 425 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
8681b094 | 426 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground) |
79099b80 | 427 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 428 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 429 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
430 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
431 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
432 | // =========================================================================== |
433 | // implementation | |
434 | // =========================================================================== | |
435 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
436 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
437 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
438 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
439 | ||
2bda0e17 | 440 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 441 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 442 | { |
1e6feb95 | 443 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 444 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
445 | if ( item ) |
446 | { | |
90e572f1 | 447 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
448 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
449 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
450 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
451 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
452 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
453 | { |
454 | return item; | |
455 | } | |
456 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 457 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 458 | |
222ed1d6 | 459 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
460 | while (current) |
461 | { | |
42e69d6b | 462 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 463 | |
42e69d6b | 464 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 465 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 466 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 467 | |
42e69d6b | 468 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 469 | } |
42e69d6b | 470 | |
2d0a075d | 471 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
472 | } |
473 | ||
474 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 475 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 476 | { |
222ed1d6 | 477 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 478 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 479 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
480 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
481 | ||
2d0a075d | 482 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 483 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 484 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 485 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 486 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
487 | if ( !controlOnly |
488 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
489 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
490 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
491 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 492 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
493 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
494 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
495 | return item; |
496 | else | |
497 | { | |
498 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
499 | return item; | |
500 | } | |
501 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
502 | |
503 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 504 | } |
2d0a075d | 505 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
506 | } |
507 | ||
508 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 509 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 510 | { |
08158721 | 511 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
512 | } |
513 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
514 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
515 | // constructors and such | |
516 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
517 | ||
1e6feb95 | 518 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 519 | { |
cc2b7472 | 520 | // MSW specific |
08158721 | 521 | m_isBeingDeleted = false; |
5a403e3f | 522 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
523 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
524 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 525 | |
319fefa9 | 526 | m_hWnd = 0; |
220f77b0 | 527 | m_hDWP = 0; |
319fefa9 | 528 | |
2d0a075d JS |
529 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
530 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 531 | |
67644c1d RD |
532 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
533 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
534 | |
535 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
536 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
537 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
538 | } |
539 | ||
2bda0e17 | 540 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 541 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 542 | { |
08158721 | 543 | m_isBeingDeleted = true; |
2bda0e17 | 544 | |
2e9f62da | 545 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 546 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 547 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 548 | { |
085ad686 | 549 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
550 | if ( frame ) |
551 | { | |
c5053639 | 552 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 553 | { |
085ad686 | 554 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 555 | } |
4552892f VZ |
556 | |
557 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
558 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
559 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
560 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
561 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
562 | } |
563 | } | |
2e9f62da | 564 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 565 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 566 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 567 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
568 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
569 | DestroyChildren(); | |
570 | ||
cc2b7472 | 571 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 572 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
573 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
574 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
575 | { |
576 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 577 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
df61c009 | 578 | } |
2bda0e17 | 579 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
580 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
581 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
582 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 583 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
584 | } |
585 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
586 | /* static */ |
587 | const wxChar *wxWindowMSW::MSWGetRegisteredClassName() | |
588 | { | |
589 | return wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName(_T("wxWindow"), COLOR_BTNFACE); | |
590 | } | |
591 | ||
fd3f686c | 592 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
593 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
594 | wxWindowID id, | |
595 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
596 | const wxSize& size, | |
597 | long style, | |
598 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 599 | { |
08158721 | 600 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 601 | |
8d99be5f | 602 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 603 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 604 | |
fd3f686c | 605 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 606 | |
b2d5a7ee | 607 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 608 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
609 | |
610 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 611 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
612 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
613 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
614 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
615 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 616 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 617 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 618 | |
ff792344 | 619 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
620 | { |
621 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
622 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 623 | |
d9698bd4 VZ |
624 | if ( !MSWCreate(MSWGetRegisteredClassName(), |
625 | NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) | |
45956e37 VZ |
626 | return false; |
627 | ||
628 | InheritAttributes(); | |
629 | ||
630 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
631 | } |
632 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
633 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
634 | // basic operations | |
635 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
636 | ||
1e6feb95 | 637 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 638 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 639 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
640 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
641 | ||
7f0586ef | 642 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 643 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 644 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 645 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
646 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
647 | { | |
5262eb0a | 648 | #if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
649 | // was there really an error? |
650 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
651 | if ( dwRes ) | |
652 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
653 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
654 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
655 | { | |
656 | wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes); | |
657 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 658 | } |
5262eb0a | 659 | #endif // Debug |
1e6feb95 | 660 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
661 | } |
662 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
663 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
664 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
665 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
666 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
667 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
668 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
669 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
670 | { | |
671 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
672 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
673 | |
674 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
675 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
676 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
677 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
678 | } |
679 | ||
42e69d6b | 680 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 681 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
682 | { |
683 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
684 | if ( hWnd ) | |
685 | { | |
a2242341 | 686 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
687 | } |
688 | ||
689 | return NULL; | |
690 | } | |
691 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 692 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 693 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 694 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
cc2b7472 | 695 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 696 | ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable); |
2bda0e17 KB |
697 | } |
698 | ||
1e6feb95 | 699 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
700 | { |
701 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 702 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
703 | |
704 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 705 | |
a068160f VZ |
706 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
707 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
708 | // | |
709 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
710 | // foo->Hide(); | |
711 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
712 | // | |
713 | // should work without errors | |
714 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 715 | { |
a068160f | 716 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
717 | } |
718 | ||
89267fe5 VS |
719 | if ( IsFrozen() ) |
720 | { | |
721 | // DoFreeze/DoThaw don't do anything if the window is not shown, so | |
722 | // we have to call them from here now | |
723 | if ( show ) | |
724 | DoFreeze(); | |
725 | else | |
726 | DoThaw(); | |
727 | } | |
728 | ||
08158721 | 729 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
730 | } |
731 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
732 | bool |
733 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
734 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
eed04c99 | 735 | unsigned timeout) |
376d7d97 | 736 | { |
30443550 VS |
737 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) |
738 | return false; | |
739 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
740 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); |
741 | ||
742 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
743 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
744 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
745 | { | |
e2fc2bd5 | 746 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(_T("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET); |
376d7d97 VZ |
747 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); |
748 | ||
749 | s_initDone = true; | |
750 | ||
751 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
752 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
753 | } | |
754 | ||
755 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
756 | return Show(show); | |
757 | ||
7157abfb VZ |
758 | // Show() has a side effect of sending a WM_SIZE to the window, which helps |
759 | // ensuring that it's laid out correctly, but AnimateWindow() doesn't do | |
760 | // this so send the event ourselves | |
761 | SendSizeEvent(); | |
762 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
763 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() |
764 | ||
765 | if ( !timeout ) | |
766 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
767 | ||
768 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
eed04c99 | 769 | |
376d7d97 VZ |
770 | switch ( effect ) |
771 | { | |
eed04c99 VS |
772 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT: |
773 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
774 | break; | |
775 | ||
776 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT: | |
777 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
778 | break; | |
779 | ||
780 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP: | |
781 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
782 | break; | |
783 | ||
784 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM: | |
785 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
786 | break; | |
787 | ||
788 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT: | |
789 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
790 | break; | |
791 | ||
792 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT: | |
793 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
794 | break; | |
795 | ||
796 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP: | |
797 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
798 | break; |
799 | ||
eed04c99 VS |
800 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM: |
801 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
802 | break; |
803 | ||
804 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
805 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
806 | break; | |
807 | ||
808 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
809 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
810 | break; | |
811 | ||
812 | ||
813 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
814 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid window show effect") ); | |
815 | return false; | |
816 | ||
817 | default: | |
818 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown window show effect") ); | |
819 | return false; | |
820 | } | |
821 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
822 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) |
823 | { | |
824 | wxLogLastError(_T("AnimateWindow")); | |
825 | ||
826 | return false; | |
827 | } | |
828 | ||
829 | return true; | |
830 | } | |
831 | ||
42e69d6b | 832 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 833 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 834 | { |
c48926e1 | 835 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
836 | } |
837 | ||
838 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 839 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
840 | { |
841 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
842 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
843 | } | |
844 | ||
94633ad9 | 845 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 846 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 847 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 848 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 849 | { |
1e6feb95 | 850 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 851 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
852 | } |
853 | ||
94633ad9 | 854 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 855 | { |
1e6feb95 | 856 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 857 | { |
1e6feb95 | 858 | wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 859 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
860 | } |
861 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
862 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
863 | { | |
864 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
dca0f651 | 865 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd) : NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
866 | } |
867 | ||
868 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 869 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
870 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
871 | { | |
872 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 873 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 874 | } |
195896c7 | 875 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
876 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
877 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
878 | { | |
d8df8893 VZ |
879 | // note the use of GetFont() instead of m_font: our own font could have |
880 | // just been reset and in this case we need to change the font used by | |
881 | // the native window to the default for this class, i.e. exactly what | |
882 | // GetFont() returns | |
883 | WXHANDLE hFont = GetFont().GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 884 | |
223d09f6 | 885 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 886 | |
c50f1fb9 | 887 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 888 | } |
2bda0e17 | 889 | |
08158721 | 890 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 891 | } |
1e6feb95 | 892 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 893 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
894 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
895 | { | |
896 | // no change | |
08158721 | 897 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
898 | } |
899 | ||
8e75dca8 VZ |
900 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
901 | if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 902 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
903 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
904 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
905 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
906 | if ( !set ) | |
907 | { | |
908 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
909 | ||
910 | POINT point; | |
911 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
912 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&point); | |
913 | #else | |
914 | ::GetCursorPos(&point); | |
915 | #endif | |
916 | ||
917 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
918 | ||
919 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
920 | } | |
921 | ||
922 | if ( set ) | |
923 | { | |
924 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
925 | } | |
926 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 927 | } |
3a19e16d | 928 | |
08158721 | 929 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
930 | } |
931 | ||
d7e0024b | 932 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 933 | { |
1e6feb95 | 934 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 935 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
936 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
937 | { | |
938 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos")); | |
939 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
940 | } |
941 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 942 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 943 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 944 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
945 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
946 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
947 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
948 | { | |
949 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 950 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
951 | verMaj >= 5; |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
955 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
956 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
957 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
958 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
959 | } |
960 | } | |
961 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
962 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
963 | // scrolling stuff | |
964 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 965 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
966 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
967 | { | |
968 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
969 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
970 | #else | |
f676b387 | 971 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 972 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 973 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 974 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 975 | |
7f0586ef | 976 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 977 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
978 | #endif |
979 | } | |
980 | ||
1e6feb95 | 981 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 982 | { |
42e69d6b | 983 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9cd6d737 VZ |
984 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
985 | ||
0cf5de11 | 986 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT); |
42e69d6b | 987 | } |
2bda0e17 | 988 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
989 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
990 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 991 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 992 | { |
7f0586ef | 993 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 994 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 995 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 996 | return 0; |
7f0586ef | 997 | #if 0 |
0cf5de11 VZ |
998 | ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
999 | &minPos, &maxPos); | |
7f0586ef | 1000 | #endif |
f676b387 | 1001 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef JS |
1002 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
1003 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, | |
f676b387 RD |
1004 | orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1005 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
7f0586ef | 1006 | { |
f676b387 RD |
1007 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
1008 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
1009 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); | |
7f0586ef JS |
1010 | } |
1011 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1012 | |
1013 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
1014 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 1015 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1016 | |
1e6feb95 | 1017 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 1018 | { |
0cf5de11 | 1019 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
1020 | } |
1021 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1022 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 1023 | { |
5f3286d1 VZ |
1024 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1025 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); | |
72fd19a1 | 1026 | |
0cf5de11 | 1027 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1028 | info.nPage = 0; |
1029 | info.nMin = 0; | |
1030 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1031 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1032 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1033 | { | |
1034 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1035 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1036 | } | |
2d0a075d | 1037 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1038 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1039 | &info, refresh); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
1040 | } |
1041 | ||
42e69d6b | 1042 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1043 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1044 | int pos, | |
1045 | int pageSize, | |
1046 | int range, | |
1047 | bool refresh) | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; | |
1050 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1051 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1052 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1053 | info.nPos = pos; |
1054 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1055 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1056 | { | |
1057 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1058 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1059 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1060 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1061 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1062 | if ( hWnd ) | |
81d66cf3 | 1063 | { |
55a667b6 JS |
1064 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1065 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1066 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
521bf4ff | 1067 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1068 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1069 | &info, refresh); | |
81d66cf3 JS |
1070 | } |
1071 | } | |
1072 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1073 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1074 | { |
574c939e KB |
1075 | RECT rect; |
1076 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1077 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1078 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1079 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1080 | pr = ▭ |
1081 | } | |
1082 | else | |
1083 | { | |
1084 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1085 | |
2d0a075d | 1086 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1087 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1088 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1089 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1090 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1091 | #else |
f797e53d | 1092 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1093 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1094 | } |
1095 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1096 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1097 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1098 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1099 | ||
1100 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1101 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1102 | { | |
1103 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1104 | |
1105 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1106 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1107 | { | |
1108 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1109 | break; | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | ||
1112 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1113 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1114 | |
1115 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1116 | } |
1117 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1118 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1119 | { |
1120 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1121 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1122 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1123 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1124 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1125 | } |
1126 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1127 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1128 | { |
1129 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1130 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1131 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1132 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1133 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1134 | } |
1135 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1136 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1137 | // RTL support | |
1138 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1139 | ||
1140 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1141 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1142 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1143 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1144 | #else | |
d66d0500 VZ |
1145 | wxCHECK_RET( GetHwnd(), |
1146 | _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); | |
978af864 | 1147 | |
d66d0500 | 1148 | LONG styleOld = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
978af864 VZ |
1149 | |
1150 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1151 | switch ( dir ) | |
1152 | { | |
1153 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1154 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1155 | break; | |
1156 | ||
1157 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1158 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1159 | break; | |
1160 | ||
1161 | default: | |
1162 | wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction")); | |
1163 | break; | |
1164 | } | |
1165 | ||
1166 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1167 | { | |
d66d0500 | 1168 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, styleNew); |
978af864 | 1169 | } |
08a58133 | 1170 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1171 | } |
1172 | ||
1173 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1174 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1175 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1176 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1177 | #else | |
d66d0500 | 1178 | wxCHECK_MSG( GetHwnd(), wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") ); |
978af864 | 1179 | |
d66d0500 VZ |
1180 | return wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) ? wxLayout_RightToLeft |
1181 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1182 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1183 | } |
1184 | ||
1185 | wxCoord | |
1186 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1187 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1188 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1189 | { | |
1190 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1191 | // redo it ourselves | |
1192 | return x; | |
1193 | } | |
1194 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1195 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1196 | // subclassing | |
1197 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1198 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1199 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1200 | { |
223d09f6 | 1201 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1202 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1203 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1204 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1205 | |
e322e3b6 VZ |
1206 | SetHWND(hWnd); |
1207 | ||
c50f1fb9 | 1208 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); |
2bda0e17 | 1209 | |
975b6bcf | 1210 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1211 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1212 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1213 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1214 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1215 | { |
975b6bcf | 1216 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1217 | } |
1218 | else | |
1219 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1220 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1221 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1222 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1223 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1224 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1225 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1226 | |
1227 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1228 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
937013e0 | 1229 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1230 | } |
1231 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1232 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1233 | { |
42e69d6b | 1234 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1235 | |
42e69d6b | 1236 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1237 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1238 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1239 | { |
ed4780ea | 1240 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1241 | |
223d09f6 | 1242 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1243 | |
b225f659 | 1244 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1245 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1246 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1247 | { |
975b6bcf | 1248 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1249 | } |
1250 | ||
1251 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1252 | } |
42e69d6b | 1253 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1254 | } |
1255 | ||
a4d1972d | 1256 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1257 | { |
1258 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1259 | { | |
1260 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1261 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); | |
1262 | } | |
a4d1972d | 1263 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1264 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1265 | ||
e322e3b6 | 1266 | // this also calls SetHWND(wxhwnd) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1267 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); |
1268 | } | |
1269 | ||
1270 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1271 | { |
ed4780ea | 1272 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1273 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1274 | } |
1275 | ||
1276 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1277 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1278 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1279 | { |
d9698bd4 VZ |
1280 | const wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); |
1281 | ||
1282 | // TODO: get rid of wxTLWHiddenParent special case (currently it's not | |
1283 | // registered by wxApp but using ad hoc code in msw/toplevel.cpp); | |
1284 | // there is also a hidden window class used by sockets &c | |
1285 | return wxApp::IsRegisteredClassName(str) || str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent"); | |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1286 | } |
1287 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1288 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1289 | // Style handling | |
1290 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1291 | ||
1292 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1293 | { | |
1294 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1295 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1296 | return; | |
1297 | ||
1298 | // update the internal variable | |
1299 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1300 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1301 | // and the real window flags |
1302 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1303 | } | |
1304 | ||
1305 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1306 | { | |
1307 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1308 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1309 | return; | |
1310 | ||
1311 | // update the internal variable | |
1312 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1313 | ||
1314 | // and the real window flags | |
1315 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | ||
1318 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1319 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1320 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1321 | // been already created | |
1322 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1323 | return; | |
1324 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1325 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1326 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1327 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1328 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1329 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1330 | ||
1331 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1332 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1333 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1334 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1335 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1336 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1337 | ||
1338 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1339 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1340 | ||
1341 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1342 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1343 | |
1344 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1345 | { | |
1346 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1347 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1348 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1349 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1350 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1351 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1352 | styleReal |= style; | |
1353 | ||
1354 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1355 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1356 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1357 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1358 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1359 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1360 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1361 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1362 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1363 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1364 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1365 | } |
1366 | ||
1367 | // and the extended style | |
d66d0500 | 1368 | long exstyleReal = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
9ce75461 | 1369 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1370 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1371 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1372 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1373 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1374 | ||
d66d0500 | 1375 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyleReal); |
b2d5a7ee | 1376 | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1377 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1378 | callSWP = true; | |
1379 | } | |
1380 | ||
1381 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1382 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1383 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1384 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1385 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1386 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1387 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1388 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1389 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
9ce75461 | 1390 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1391 | { |
1392 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); | |
1393 | } | |
1394 | } | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1397 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1398 | { | |
28319afe | 1399 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1400 | } |
1401 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1402 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1403 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1404 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1405 | } |
1406 | ||
28bf925c | 1407 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value |
dc797d8e JS |
1408 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment |
1409 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1410 | { | |
1411 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1412 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1413 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1414 | else | |
1415 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1416 | #else | |
1417 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1418 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1421 | { | |
1422 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1423 | if (theme) | |
1424 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1425 | } | |
28bf925c | 1426 | return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; |
dc797d8e JS |
1427 | } |
1428 | #endif | |
1429 | return border; | |
1430 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1431 | } |
1432 | ||
1433 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1434 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1435 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1436 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1437 | |
1438 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1439 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1440 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1441 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1442 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1443 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1444 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1445 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1446 | // system option is turned on | |
1447 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1448 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1449 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1450 | |
1451 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1452 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1453 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1454 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1455 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1456 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1457 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1458 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1459 | ||
1460 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1461 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1462 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1463 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1464 | ||
1465 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1466 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1467 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1468 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1469 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1470 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1471 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1472 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1473 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1474 | { | |
1475 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1476 | ||
7f0586ef | 1477 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1478 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1479 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1480 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1481 | |
fe3d9123 | 1482 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1483 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1484 | default: |
1485 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
1486 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") ); | |
1487 | // fall through | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1488 | |
1489 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1490 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1491 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1492 | break; |
1493 | ||
1494 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1495 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1496 | break; | |
1497 | ||
1498 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1499 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1500 | break; |
1501 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1502 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1503 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1504 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1505 | break; |
1506 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1507 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1508 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1509 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1510 | } |
d515c32d | 1511 | |
09168de7 | 1512 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1513 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1514 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1515 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1516 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1517 | { |
1518 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1519 | } | |
09168de7 | 1520 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1521 | } |
1522 | ||
1523 | return style; | |
1524 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1525 | |
42e69d6b | 1526 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1527 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1528 | { |
1529 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1530 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1531 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1532 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1533 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1534 | { | |
1535 | // get the mouse position | |
1536 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
1537 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1538 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
1539 | #else | |
1e6feb95 | 1540 | ::GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 1541 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1542 | |
1543 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1544 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1545 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1546 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1547 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1548 | ||
1549 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1550 | } | |
1551 | ||
e39af974 | 1552 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1553 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1554 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1555 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1556 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1557 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1558 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1559 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1560 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1561 | { |
51e4e266 | 1562 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1563 | } |
1564 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1565 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1566 | |
df707c27 | 1567 | if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this) && IsShownOnScreen()) |
e39af974 | 1568 | UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); |
42e69d6b | 1569 | } |
568cb543 | 1570 | |
42e69d6b | 1571 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1572 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1573 | { |
1574 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1575 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1576 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1577 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1578 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1579 | |
42e69d6b | 1580 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1581 | |
ee471817 | 1582 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d66d0500 | 1583 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
ee471817 VZ |
1584 | { |
1585 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1586 | } | |
1587 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1588 | ||
08158721 | 1589 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1590 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1591 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1592 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1593 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1594 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1595 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1596 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1597 | } |
1598 | ||
17808a75 | 1599 | void wxWindowMSW::DoFreeze() |
a0e449ff | 1600 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1601 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1602 | return; // no point in freezing hidden window | |
1603 | ||
1604 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1605 | } |
1606 | ||
17808a75 | 1607 | void wxWindowMSW::DoThaw() |
a0e449ff | 1608 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1609 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1610 | return; // hidden windows aren't frozen by DoFreeze | |
a1037371 | 1611 | |
89267fe5 VS |
1612 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); |
1613 | ||
1614 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area | |
1615 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1616 | Refresh(); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1617 | } |
1618 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1619 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1620 | { |
1621 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1622 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1623 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1624 | RECT mswRect; |
1625 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1626 | if ( rect ) |
1627 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1628 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1629 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1630 | } |
1631 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1632 | { |
1633 | pRect = NULL; | |
1634 | } | |
1635 | ||
82e3664e | 1636 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1637 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1638 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1639 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1640 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1641 | ||
1642 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1643 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1644 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1645 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1646 | } |
1647 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1648 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1649 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1650 | { | |
1651 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1652 | { | |
1653 | wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow")); | |
1654 | } | |
2b5f62a0 | 1655 | |
7f0586ef | 1656 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1657 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1658 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1659 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1660 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1661 | } | |
1662 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1663 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1664 | // drag and drop | |
1665 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1666 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1667 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1668 | ||
1669 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1670 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1671 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1672 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1673 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1674 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1675 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1676 | if ( !parent ) | |
1677 | return; | |
1678 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1679 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1680 | node; | |
1681 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1682 | { | |
1683 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1684 | if ( statbox ) | |
1685 | { | |
1686 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1687 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | } | |
1690 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1691 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1692 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1693 | ||
1694 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1695 | { | |
1696 | } | |
1697 | ||
1698 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1699 | ||
1700 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1701 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1702 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1703 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1704 | { |
1705 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1706 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1707 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1708 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1709 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1710 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1711 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1712 | { |
1713 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1714 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1715 | } |
42e69d6b | 1716 | } |
42e69d6b | 1717 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1718 | |
90e572f1 | 1719 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1720 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1721 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1722 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1723 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1724 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1725 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1726 | { |
1727 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1728 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1729 | } |
7f0586ef | 1730 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1731 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1732 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1733 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1734 | // tooltips | |
1735 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1736 | |
42e69d6b | 1737 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1738 | |
1e6feb95 | 1739 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1740 | { |
1741 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1742 | |
42e69d6b | 1743 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1744 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1745 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1746 | |
42e69d6b | 1747 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1748 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1749 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1750 | // moving and resizing | |
1751 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1752 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1753 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1754 | { | |
1755 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1756 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || | |
1757 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1758 | return true; | |
1759 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1760 | ||
1761 | return false; | |
1762 | } | |
1763 | ||
42e69d6b | 1764 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1765 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1766 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1767 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1768 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1769 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1770 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1771 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1772 | { | |
1773 | if ( x ) | |
1774 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1775 | if ( y ) | |
1776 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1777 | } | |
1778 | else // use current size | |
0d6fdb3c | 1779 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1780 | { |
1781 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1782 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1783 | if ( x ) |
1784 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1785 | if ( y ) | |
1786 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1787 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1788 | } |
1789 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1790 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1791 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1792 | { |
f2197644 | 1793 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1794 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1795 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1796 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
dc497201 JG |
1797 | RECT rect; |
1798 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1799 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1800 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1801 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1802 | ||
1803 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1804 | ||
1805 | if ( x ) | |
1806 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1807 | if ( y ) | |
1808 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1809 | } |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1810 | else |
1811 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1812 | { | |
1813 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1814 | ||
1815 | if ( x ) | |
1816 | *x = rect.right; | |
1817 | if ( y ) | |
1818 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1819 | } | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1820 | } |
1821 | ||
1822 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1823 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1824 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1825 | ||
1826 | wxPoint pos; | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1827 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1828 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1829 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1830 | } |
1831 | else // use current position | |
1832 | { | |
1833 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1834 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1835 | POINT point; |
1836 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1837 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1838 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1839 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1840 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1841 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1842 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1843 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1844 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1845 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1846 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1847 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1848 | } | |
1849 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1850 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1851 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1852 | if ( parent ) |
1853 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1854 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1855 | } |
89e3037c | 1856 | } |
42e69d6b | 1857 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1858 | pos.x = point.x; |
1859 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1860 | } | |
1861 | ||
1862 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1863 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1864 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1865 | { | |
1866 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1867 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1868 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1869 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1870 | |
1871 | if ( x ) | |
1872 | *x = pos.x; | |
1873 | if ( y ) | |
1874 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1875 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1876 | |
1e6feb95 | 1877 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1878 | { |
1879 | POINT pt; | |
1880 | if ( x ) | |
1881 | pt.x = *x; | |
1882 | if ( y ) | |
1883 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1884 | |
82c9f85c | 1885 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1886 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1887 | if ( x ) |
1888 | *x = pt.x; | |
1889 | if ( y ) | |
1890 | *y = pt.y; | |
1891 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1892 | |
1e6feb95 | 1893 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1894 | { |
1895 | POINT pt; | |
1896 | if ( x ) | |
1897 | pt.x = *x; | |
1898 | if ( y ) | |
1899 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1900 | |
82c9f85c | 1901 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1902 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1903 | if ( x ) |
1904 | *x = pt.x; | |
1905 | if ( y ) | |
1906 | *y = pt.y; | |
1907 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1908 | |
86e30911 | 1909 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1910 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1911 | { | |
1912 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1913 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless | |
1914 | // we are a top level window) | |
1915 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1916 | ||
1917 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1918 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1919 | { | |
1920 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1921 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1922 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1923 | { | |
1924 | wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos")); | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | ||
1928 | if ( parent ) | |
1929 | { | |
1930 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1931 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1932 | } | |
1933 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1934 | if ( hdwp ) |
1935 | { | |
1936 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1937 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1938 | return true; | |
1939 | } | |
1940 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1941 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
7d86a2d4 | 1942 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1943 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1944 | { |
86e30911 | 1945 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1946 | } |
86e30911 VZ |
1947 | |
1948 | // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, | |
1949 | // ignored otherwise | |
1950 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1951 | } |
1952 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1953 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1954 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1955 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1956 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1957 | if (width < 0) | |
1958 | width = 0; | |
1959 | if (height < 0) | |
1960 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1961 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1962 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1963 | { | |
1964 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1965 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); | |
1966 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
f8cba58b VZ |
1967 | } |
1968 | else // window was moved immediately, without deferring it | |
1969 | { | |
1970 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; | |
1971 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
86e30911 VZ |
1972 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
1973 | } | |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1974 | } |
1975 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1976 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1977 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1978 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1979 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1980 | // | |
1981 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1982 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1983 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1984 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1985 | { |
4438caf4 | 1986 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1987 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1988 | int currentW, currentH; |
1989 | ||
42e69d6b | 1990 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 1991 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 1992 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
1993 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
1994 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 1995 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
1996 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
1997 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 1998 | { |
42e69d6b | 1999 | return; |
4438caf4 | 2000 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2001 | |
422d0ff0 | 2002 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2003 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2004 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2005 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2006 | |
4438caf4 | 2007 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2008 | |
abb74e0f | 2009 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2010 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2011 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2012 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 VZ |
2013 | { |
2014 | size = DoGetBestSize(); | |
2015 | width = size.x; | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | else | |
2018 | { | |
2019 | // just take the current one | |
2020 | width = currentW; | |
2021 | } | |
2022 | } | |
2023 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2024 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2025 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2026 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2027 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2028 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2029 | { |
b782f2e0 | 2030 | size = DoGetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2031 | } |
2032 | //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above | |
a23fd0e1 | 2033 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2034 | height = size.y; |
2035 | } | |
2036 | else | |
2037 | { | |
2038 | // just take the current one | |
2039 | height = currentH; | |
2040 | } | |
2041 | } | |
2042 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2043 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2044 | } |
2045 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2046 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2047 | { |
90e572f1 | 2048 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2049 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2050 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2051 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2052 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2053 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2054 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2055 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2056 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2057 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2058 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2059 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2060 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2061 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2062 | { |
2063 | RECT rectClient; | |
2064 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2065 | |
b0268daf | 2066 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2067 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2068 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2069 | { |
2070 | break; | |
2071 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2072 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2073 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2074 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2075 | // window | |
2076 | RECT rectWin; | |
2077 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2078 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2079 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2080 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2081 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2082 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2083 | // adjust if necessary | |
2084 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2085 | { | |
2086 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2087 | if ( parent ) | |
2088 | { | |
b0268daf | 2089 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2090 | } |
2091 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2092 | |
b0268daf | 2093 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2094 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2095 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2096 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2097 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2098 | rectWin.left, | |
2099 | rectWin.top, | |
2100 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2101 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2102 | TRUE) ) | |
2103 | { | |
2104 | wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow")); | |
2105 | } | |
d4597e13 | 2106 | } |
42e69d6b | 2107 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2108 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2109 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2110 | // text metrics | |
2111 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2112 | |
1e6feb95 | 2113 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2114 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2115 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2116 | } |
3eddf563 | 2117 | |
1e6feb95 | 2118 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2119 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2120 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2121 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2122 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2123 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2124 | #else |
2125 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2126 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2127 | } |
f4621a09 | 2128 | |
1e6feb95 | 2129 | void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
34636400 | 2130 | int *x, int *y, |
42e69d6b | 2131 | int *descent, int *externalLeading, |
e0448413 | 2132 | const wxFont *fontToUse) const |
42e69d6b | 2133 | { |
e0448413 | 2134 | wxASSERT_MSG( !fontToUse || fontToUse->Ok(), |
64869ab7 | 2135 | _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); |
634903fd | 2136 | |
e0448413 VZ |
2137 | HFONT hfontToUse; |
2138 | if ( fontToUse ) | |
2139 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(*fontToUse); | |
2d17baae | 2140 | else |
e0448413 | 2141 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(GetFont()); |
634903fd | 2142 | |
64869ab7 | 2143 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
e0448413 | 2144 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, hfontToUse); |
341c92a8 | 2145 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2146 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2147 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
e0a050e3 | 2148 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.wx_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2149 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2150 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2151 | if ( x ) |
2152 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2153 | if ( y ) | |
2154 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2155 | if ( descent ) | |
2156 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2157 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2158 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2159 | } |
2160 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2161 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2162 | // popup menu | |
2163 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2164 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2165 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2166 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2167 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2168 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2169 | // | |
2170 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2171 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2172 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2173 | { | |
2174 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2175 | // want to process it here) | |
2176 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2177 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2178 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2179 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2180 | { |
2181 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2182 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2183 | break; | |
2184 | } | |
7de59551 | 2185 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2186 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2187 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2188 | // immediately | |
2189 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2190 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2191 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2192 | } |
2193 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2194 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2195 | { |
2196 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(this); | |
2197 | menu->UpdateUI(); | |
2198 | ||
27d2dbbc | 2199 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb VS |
2200 | { |
2201 | wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
2202 | x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y; | |
2203 | } | |
2204 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2205 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
2206 | HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu); | |
2207 | POINT point; | |
2208 | point.x = x; | |
2209 | point.y = y; | |
2210 | ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point); | |
5cb598ae | 2211 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2212 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2213 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2214 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2215 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2216 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2217 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2218 | // on these systems | |
2219 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2220 | { | |
2221 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2222 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2223 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2224 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2225 | } | |
2226 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2227 | ||
7f0586ef | 2228 | ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2229 | |
90e572f1 | 2230 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2231 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2232 | // | |
2233 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2234 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2235 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2236 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2237 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2238 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2239 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL); |
2240 | ||
08158721 | 2241 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2242 | } |
2243 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2244 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2245 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2246 | // =========================================================================== |
2247 | // pre/post message processing | |
2248 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2249 | |
c140b7e7 | 2250 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2251 | { |
2252 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) | |
2253 | return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); | |
2254 | else | |
2255 | return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); | |
2256 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 2257 | |
1e6feb95 | 2258 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2259 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2260 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2261 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2262 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2263 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2264 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2265 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2266 | |
2267 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2268 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2269 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2270 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2271 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2272 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2273 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2274 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2275 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2276 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2277 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2278 | ||
2279 | // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the | |
2280 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, | |
2281 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2282 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2283 | { |
977f50f3 | 2284 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2285 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2286 | |
08158721 | 2287 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2288 | bWindowChange = false, |
2289 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2290 | |
573a1586 | 2291 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2292 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2293 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2294 | { |
2295 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2296 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2297 | { | |
2298 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2299 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2300 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2301 | else // use it for navigation |
2302 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2303 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2304 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2305 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2306 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2307 | } |
2308 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2309 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2310 | case VK_UP: |
2311 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2312 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2313 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2314 | else |
08158721 | 2315 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2316 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2317 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2318 | case VK_DOWN: |
2319 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2320 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2321 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2322 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2323 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2324 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2325 | bForward = false; | |
2326 | // fall through | |
2327 | ||
2328 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2329 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2330 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2331 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2332 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2333 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2334 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2335 | bWindowChange = true; |
2336 | break; | |
2337 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2338 | case VK_RETURN: |
2339 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2340 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2341 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2342 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2343 | // this window is a button first | |
2344 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2345 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2346 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2347 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2348 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2349 | // just seems to ignore | |
2350 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2351 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | // emulate the button click | |
dca0f651 | 2354 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle(msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2355 | } |
2356 | ||
08158721 | 2357 | bProcess = false; |
319fefa9 | 2358 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2359 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2360 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2361 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2362 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2363 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2364 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2365 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2366 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2367 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2368 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2369 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2370 | ||
0075ea22 | 2371 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2372 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2373 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2374 | { |
2375 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2376 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2377 | // would consume it | |
2378 | return false; | |
2379 | } | |
2380 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2381 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2382 | // the first top level window parent | |
2383 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2384 | break; | |
2385 | ||
2386 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2387 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2388 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2389 | ( | |
2390 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2391 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2392 | 0, | |
2393 | 0 | |
2394 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2395 | } |
2396 | } | |
2397 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2398 | { | |
2399 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2400 | } | |
2401 | ||
2402 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2403 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2404 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2405 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2406 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2407 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2408 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2409 | } |
2410 | ||
2411 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2414 | return true; | |
2415 | } | |
2416 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2417 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2418 | |
7b504551 | 2419 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2420 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2421 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2422 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 2423 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2424 | return true; |
2425 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2426 | } |
2427 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2428 | |
42e69d6b | 2429 | default: |
08158721 | 2430 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2431 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2432 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2433 | if ( bProcess ) |
2434 | { | |
2435 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2436 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2437 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2438 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2439 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2440 | |
937013e0 | 2441 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2442 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2443 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2444 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2445 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2446 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2447 | |
08158721 | 2448 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2449 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2450 | } |
2451 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2452 | |
98ebf919 | 2453 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2454 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2455 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2456 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2457 | } |
42e69d6b | 2458 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2459 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2460 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2461 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2462 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2463 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2464 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2465 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2466 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2467 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2468 | } |
42e69d6b | 2469 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2470 | |
08158721 | 2471 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2472 | } |
2473 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2474 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2475 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2476 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2477 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2478 | #else |
574c939e | 2479 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2480 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2481 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2482 | } |
2483 | ||
98ebf919 | 2484 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2485 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2486 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2487 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2488 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2489 | ||
2490 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2491 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2492 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2493 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2494 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2495 | { | |
2496 | return false; | |
2497 | } | |
2498 | ||
2499 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2500 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2501 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2502 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2503 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2504 | return true; | |
2505 | ||
2506 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2507 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2508 | ||
2509 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2510 | ||
2511 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2512 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2513 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2514 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2515 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2516 | // | |
2517 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2518 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2519 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2520 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2521 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2522 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2523 | { | |
2524 | // pessimistic by default | |
2525 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2526 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2527 | node; | |
2528 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2529 | { | |
2530 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2531 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
d66d0500 | 2532 | !wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
98ebf919 VZ |
2533 | { |
2534 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2535 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2536 | ||
2537 | break; | |
2538 | } | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | } | |
2541 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2542 | ||
2543 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2544 | { | |
2545 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2546 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2547 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2548 | // this case | |
2549 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2552 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2553 | { | |
2554 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2555 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2556 | ||
2557 | break; | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2563 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2564 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2565 | break; | |
2566 | } | |
2567 | ||
2568 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2569 | } | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | ||
2572 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2573 | } |
2574 | ||
42e69d6b | 2575 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2576 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2577 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2578 | |
1e6feb95 | 2579 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2580 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2581 | { | |
2582 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2583 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2584 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2585 | } |
2586 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2587 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2588 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2589 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2590 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2591 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2592 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2593 | } |
2594 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2595 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2596 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2597 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2598 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2599 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2600 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2601 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2602 | |
1e6feb95 | 2603 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2604 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2605 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2606 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2607 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2608 | } |
2609 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2610 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2611 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2612 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2613 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2614 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2615 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2616 | } | |
c085e333 | 2617 | |
42e69d6b | 2618 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2619 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2620 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2621 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2622 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2623 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2624 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2625 | ||
2626 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2627 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2628 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2629 | { | |
2630 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2631 | } | |
2632 | ||
2633 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2634 | { | |
2635 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2636 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2637 | |
2638 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2639 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2640 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2641 | // trace all messages - useful for the debugging |
2642 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
13e4c4d9 | 2643 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, |
dca0f651 VZ |
2644 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%p, wParam=%08lx, lParam=%08lx)"), |
2645 | wxGetMessageName(message), hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2646 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 2647 | |
dca0f651 | 2648 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2649 | |
42e69d6b | 2650 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2651 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2652 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2653 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2654 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2655 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2656 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2657 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2658 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2659 | |
42e69d6b | 2660 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2661 | |
b46b1d59 | 2662 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2663 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2664 | else |
b225f659 | 2665 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2666 | |
42e69d6b | 2667 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2668 | } |
2669 | ||
c140b7e7 | 2670 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
f7bd2698 | 2671 | { |
42e69d6b | 2672 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2673 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2674 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2675 | // the return value |
2676 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2677 | { |
42e69d6b | 2678 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2679 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2680 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2681 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2682 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2683 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2684 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2685 | |
42e69d6b | 2686 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2687 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2688 | case WM_CREATE: |
2689 | { | |
2690 | bool mayCreate; | |
2691 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2692 | if ( processed ) | |
2693 | { | |
2694 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2695 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2696 | } | |
2697 | } | |
2698 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2699 | |
42e69d6b | 2700 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2701 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2702 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2703 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2704 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2705 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2706 | break; |
2707 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2708 | case WM_SIZE: |
2709 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2710 | break; |
2711 | ||
42e69d6b | 2712 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2713 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2714 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2715 | |
7f0586ef | 2716 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2717 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2718 | { |
2719 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2720 | wxRect rc; | |
2721 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2722 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2723 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2724 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2725 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2726 | if (processed) { | |
2727 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2728 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2729 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2730 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2731 | } | |
2732 | } | |
5706de1c | 2733 | break; |
a047aff2 | 2734 | #if 0 |
aa767a45 JS |
2735 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2736 | { | |
2737 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | break; | |
2740 | ||
2741 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2742 | { | |
2743 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2744 | } | |
2745 | break; | |
a047aff2 | 2746 | #endif |
5706de1c JS |
2747 | case WM_SIZING: |
2748 | { | |
2749 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2750 | wxRect rc; | |
2751 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2752 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2753 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2754 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2755 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2756 | if (processed) { | |
2757 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2758 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2759 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2760 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2761 | } | |
2762 | } | |
2763 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2764 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2765 | |
7f0586ef | 2766 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2767 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2768 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2769 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2770 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2771 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2772 | |
42e69d6b | 2773 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2774 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2775 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2776 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2777 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2778 | ||
2779 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2780 | } |
42e69d6b | 2781 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2782 | |
42e69d6b | 2783 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2784 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2785 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2786 | |
42e69d6b | 2787 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2788 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2789 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2790 | |
c3732409 | 2791 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2792 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2793 | break; |
2794 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2795 | case WM_PAINT: |
2796 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2797 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2798 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2799 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2800 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2801 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2802 | else // no DC given |
2803 | { | |
2804 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2805 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2806 | break; |
2807 | ||
42e69d6b | 2808 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2809 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2810 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2811 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2812 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2813 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2814 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2815 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2816 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2817 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2818 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2819 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2820 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2821 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2822 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2823 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2824 | |
42e69d6b | 2825 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2826 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2827 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2828 | wParam); | |
2829 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2830 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2831 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2832 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2833 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2834 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2835 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2836 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2837 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2838 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2839 | |
2840 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2841 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2842 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2843 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2844 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2845 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2846 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2847 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2848 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
2849 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam); | |
2850 | break; | |
2851 | #endif | |
2852 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2853 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2854 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2855 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2856 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2857 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2858 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2859 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2860 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2861 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2862 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2863 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2864 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2865 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2866 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2867 | { |
98363307 | 2868 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2869 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2870 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2871 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2872 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2873 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2874 | { |
2875 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2876 | { | |
08158721 | 2877 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2878 | break; |
2879 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2880 | |
d0a3d109 | 2881 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2882 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2883 | break; |
2884 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2885 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2886 | if ( processed ) |
2887 | break; | |
2888 | ||
dfafa702 | 2889 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2890 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2891 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2892 | |
42b1fb63 | 2893 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2894 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2895 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2896 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2897 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2898 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2899 | { | |
2900 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2901 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2902 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2903 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2904 | else |
2905 | { | |
2906 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2907 | |
2908 | // this should never happen | |
2909 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
2910 | _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); | |
9f011847 | 2911 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2912 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2913 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2914 | { | |
2915 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2916 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2917 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2918 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2919 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2920 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2921 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2922 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2923 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2924 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2925 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2926 | { | |
2927 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2928 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2929 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2930 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2931 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2932 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 2933 | if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx)) |
f350d4b2 | 2934 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2935 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2936 | return true; |
2937 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2938 | } |
2939 | } | |
2940 | #endif | |
2941 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
2942 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
2943 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
2944 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
2945 | |
2946 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 2947 | |
9f011847 VZ |
2948 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
2949 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
2950 | if ( !processed ) | |
2951 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2952 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
2953 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 2954 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2955 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
2956 | { | |
edc09871 | 2957 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2958 | win->SetFocus(); |
2959 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 2960 | } |
98363307 | 2961 | } |
dfafa702 | 2962 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 2963 | |
cd4453e5 | 2964 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
2965 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
2966 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
2967 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
2968 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
2969 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
2970 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
2971 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
2972 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 VZ |
2973 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
2974 | GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2975 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2976 | wParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2977 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 2978 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 2979 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2980 | case WM_COMMAND: |
2981 | { | |
2982 | WORD id, cmd; | |
2983 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2984 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 2985 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2986 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
2987 | } | |
2988 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 2989 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2990 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
2991 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
2992 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2993 | |
27005f3a VZ |
2994 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
2995 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
2996 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
2997 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
2998 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
2999 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3000 | { | |
3001 | processed = true; | |
3002 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3003 | } | |
3004 | break; | |
3005 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3006 | ||
08158721 | 3007 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3008 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b | 3009 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
dca0f651 VZ |
3010 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); |
3011 | if ( processed ) | |
3012 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3013 | break; | |
57a7b7c1 | 3014 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3015 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: |
3016 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3017 | if ( processed ) | |
3018 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
42e69d6b | 3019 | break; |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3020 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3021 | ||
9bf84618 | 3022 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3023 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3024 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3025 | // we always want to get the char events |
3026 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3027 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3028 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3029 | { |
3030 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3031 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3032 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3033 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3034 | } | |
3035 | ||
08158721 | 3036 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3037 | } |
101f488c | 3038 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3039 | break; |
3040 | ||
4004f41e | 3041 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3042 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
9c7df356 VZ |
3043 | // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now |
3044 | // (we've handled it). | |
3045 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3046 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3047 | { |
08158721 | 3048 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3049 | } |
81d66cf3 | 3050 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3051 | if ( !processed ) |
42e69d6b | 3052 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3053 | switch ( wParam ) |
3054 | { | |
90e572f1 | 3055 | // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3056 | // just don't do anything more with them |
3057 | case VK_SHIFT: | |
3058 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3059 | case VK_MENU: | |
3060 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3061 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3062 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
08158721 | 3063 | processed = true; |
2b5f62a0 | 3064 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3065 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3066 | // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: |
3067 | // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received | |
3068 | // in WM_CHAR | |
3069 | case VK_ESCAPE: | |
3070 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3071 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3072 | case VK_BACK: | |
3073 | case VK_TAB: | |
3074 | case VK_ADD: | |
3075 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3076 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3077 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
3f2174bb VZ |
3078 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3079 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3080 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3081 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3082 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3083 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3084 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3085 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3086 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3087 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3088 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3089 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3090 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3091 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3092 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3093 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3094 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
3095 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
3096 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3097 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3098 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
08158721 | 3099 | // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3100 | // to the control's default window proc - otherwise |
3101 | // built-in keyboard handling won't work | |
08158721 | 3102 | processed = false; |
2b5f62a0 | 3103 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3104 | |
42e69d6b | 3105 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3106 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3107 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3108 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3109 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3110 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3111 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3112 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3113 | default: |
3114 | // do generate a CHAR event | |
3115 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3116 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3117 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3118 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3119 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3120 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3121 | |
4004f41e | 3122 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3123 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3124 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3125 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3126 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3127 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3128 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3129 | } |
3130 | else | |
3131 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3132 | { | |
3133 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3134 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3135 | break; |
debe6624 | 3136 | |
170cbe33 | 3137 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3138 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3139 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3140 | { | |
3141 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3142 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3143 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3144 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3145 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3146 | } |
3147 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3148 | { |
08158721 | 3149 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true); |
7de5bdf4 | 3150 | } |
42e69d6b | 3151 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3152 | |
5048c832 JS |
3153 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3154 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3155 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3156 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3157 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3158 | |
b65f16da VS |
3159 | case WM_CUT: |
3160 | case WM_COPY: | |
3161 | case WM_PASTE: | |
3162 | processed = HandleClipboardEvent(message); | |
3163 | break; | |
3164 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3165 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3166 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3167 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3168 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3169 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3170 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3171 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3172 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3173 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3174 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3175 | } |
42e69d6b | 3176 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3177 | |
42e69d6b | 3178 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3179 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3180 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3181 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3182 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3183 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3184 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3185 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3186 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3187 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3188 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3189 | WXHDC hdc; |
3190 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3191 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3192 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3193 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3194 | } |
42e69d6b | 3195 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3196 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3197 | |
42e69d6b | 3198 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3199 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3200 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3201 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3202 | |
7f0586ef | 3203 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3204 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3205 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3206 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3207 | #endif |
574c939e | 3208 | |
42e69d6b | 3209 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3210 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3211 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3212 | |
a5e84126 | 3213 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3214 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND)lParam); |
a5e84126 JS |
3215 | break; |
3216 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3217 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3218 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3219 | break; | |
3220 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3221 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3222 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3223 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3224 | |
42e69d6b | 3225 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
dca0f651 | 3226 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)wParam); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3227 | if ( processed ) |
3228 | { | |
3229 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3230 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3231 | } | |
3232 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3233 | |
7f0586ef | 3234 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3235 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3236 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3237 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3238 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3239 | |
42e69d6b | 3240 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
dca0f651 | 3241 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)wParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3242 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3243 | if ( processed ) |
3244 | { | |
3245 | // we never set focus from here | |
3246 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3247 | } | |
3248 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3249 | |
7f0586ef | 3250 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3251 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3252 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3253 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3254 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3255 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3256 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3257 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3258 | |
42e69d6b | 3259 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3260 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3261 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3262 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3263 | |
42e69d6b | 3264 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
dca0f651 | 3265 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)wParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3266 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test |
3267 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3268 | ||
3269 | if ( processed ) | |
3270 | { | |
3271 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3272 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3273 | // just set the cursor. | |
3274 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3275 | } | |
3276 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3277 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3278 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3279 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3280 | { | |
3281 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3282 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3283 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3284 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3285 | { |
3286 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3287 | } | |
3288 | break; | |
3289 | } | |
3290 | #endif | |
3291 | ||
e39af974 | 3292 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3293 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3294 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3295 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3296 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3297 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3298 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3299 | processed = true; | |
3300 | ||
3301 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3302 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3303 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3304 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3305 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3306 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3307 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3308 | ( | |
3309 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3310 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3311 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3312 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3313 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3314 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3315 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3316 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3317 | |
a9c11b71 | 3318 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3319 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
7f0586ef | 3320 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3321 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3322 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3323 | { |
3324 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3325 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 3326 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3327 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3328 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3329 | else // unknown help event? |
3330 | { | |
3331 | processed = false; | |
3332 | } | |
3333 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3334 | } |
b96340e6 | 3335 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3336 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3337 | |
7f0586ef | 3338 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3339 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3340 | { |
3341 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3342 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3343 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3344 | ||
3345 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3346 | |
3347 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3348 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3349 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
dca0f651 VZ |
3350 | WXHWND hWnd = (WXHWND)wParam; |
3351 | if ( hWnd != m_hWnd ) | |
2d1715aa | 3352 | { |
dca0f651 | 3353 | win = FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
2d1715aa VZ |
3354 | } |
3355 | ||
3356 | if ( !win ) | |
3357 | win = this; | |
3358 | ||
3359 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
937013e0 | 3360 | processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx); |
4cdc2c13 | 3361 | } |
69231000 | 3362 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3363 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3364 | |
53a118d6 | 3365 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3366 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3367 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3368 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3369 | { | |
3370 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3371 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3372 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3373 | { | |
3374 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3375 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3376 | } |
3377 | } | |
3378 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3379 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3380 | |
dbc74bcc | 3381 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3382 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3383 | { | |
3384 | bool vetoed; | |
3385 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3386 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3387 | } | |
3388 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3389 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3390 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3391 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3392 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3393 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3394 | { | |
3395 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3396 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3397 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3398 | { |
3399 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3400 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3401 | processed = true; | |
3402 | ||
e822d1bd VZ |
3403 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a |
3404 | // themed border | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3405 | RECT *rect; |
3406 | if ( wParam ) | |
a047aff2 | 3407 | { |
e822d1bd | 3408 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *)lParam; |
dca0f651 | 3409 | rect = &csparam->rgrc[0]; |
a047aff2 JS |
3410 | } |
3411 | else | |
3412 | { | |
dca0f651 | 3413 | rect = (RECT *)lParam; |
a047aff2 | 3414 | } |
dca0f651 | 3415 | |
fe545198 | 3416 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3417 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3418 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3419 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 | 3420 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3421 | if ( theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect |
3422 | ( | |
3423 | hTheme, | |
3424 | GetHdcOf(*impl), | |
3425 | EP_EDITTEXT, | |
3426 | ETS_NORMAL, | |
3427 | rect, | |
3428 | &rcClient) == S_OK ) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3429 | { |
3430 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
dca0f651 | 3431 | *rect = rcClient; |
a047aff2 JS |
3432 | rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; |
3433 | } | |
3434 | } | |
3435 | } | |
3436 | break; | |
3437 | ||
3438 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3441 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3442 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3443 | { |
3444 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3445 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3446 | processed = true; | |
3447 | ||
fe545198 | 3448 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
d935b421 | 3449 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3450 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3451 | |
3452 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3453 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3454 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3455 | ||
3456 | RECT rcClient; | |
3457 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3458 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); |
a047aff2 JS |
3459 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); |
3460 | ||
888dde65 | 3461 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, |
a047aff2 JS |
3462 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); |
3463 | ||
3464 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3465 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3466 | { | |
888dde65 | 3467 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder); |
a047aff2 JS |
3468 | } |
3469 | ||
3470 | // Draw the border | |
3471 | int nState; | |
3472 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3473 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3474 | // should we check this? | |
3475 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3476 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3477 | else | |
3478 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
888dde65 | 3479 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); |
a047aff2 JS |
3480 | } |
3481 | } | |
3482 | break; | |
3483 | ||
3484 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3485 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3486 | default: |
3487 | // try a custom message handler | |
3488 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3489 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3490 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3491 | { | |
3492 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3493 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3494 | } |
2d0a075d | 3495 | |
42e69d6b | 3496 | if ( !processed ) |
2d0a075d | 3497 | { |
42e69d6b | 3498 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
223d09f6 | 3499 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b VZ |
3500 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
3501 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3502 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3503 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3504 | |
42e69d6b | 3505 | return rc.result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3506 | } |
3507 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3508 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3509 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3510 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3511 | |
dca0f651 | 3512 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3513 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3514 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3515 | return i == gs_windowHandles.end() ? NULL : i->second; | |
42e69d6b | 3516 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3517 | |
dca0f651 | 3518 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hwnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3519 | { |
dca0f651 | 3520 | // adding NULL hwnd is (first) surely a result of an error and |
42e69d6b | 3521 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing |
dca0f651 VZ |
3522 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd != (HWND)NULL, |
3523 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hwnd to window list ignored") ); | |
4ce81a75 | 3524 | |
b225f659 | 3525 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
dca0f651 VZ |
3526 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3527 | if ( i != gs_windowHandles.end() ) | |
c7527e3f | 3528 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3529 | if ( i->second != win ) |
3530 | { | |
3531 | wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %p already associated with another window (%s)"), | |
3532 | hwnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); | |
3533 | } | |
3534 | //else: this actually happens currently because we associate the window | |
3535 | // with its HWND during creation (if we create it) and also when | |
3536 | // SubclassWin() is called later, this is ok | |
c7527e3f | 3537 | } |
b225f659 | 3538 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
dca0f651 | 3539 | |
936bb82e | 3540 | gs_windowHandles[hwnd] = (wxWindow *)win; |
42e69d6b | 3541 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3542 | |
1e6feb95 | 3543 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3544 | { |
dca0f651 | 3545 | gs_windowHandles.erase(GetHwndOf(win)); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3546 | } |
3547 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3548 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3549 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3550 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3551 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3552 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3553 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3554 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3555 | { |
42e69d6b | 3556 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3557 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3558 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
3559 | const wxSize& size, | |
3560 | int& x, int& y, | |
3561 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3562 | { |
9cb57df4 | 3563 | // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers |
2a77c8c4 | 3564 | static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200; |
2a77c8c4 | 3565 | |
08158721 | 3566 | bool nonDefault = false; |
c085e333 | 3567 | |
422d0ff0 | 3568 | if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
b225f659 | 3569 | { |
9cb57df4 VZ |
3570 | // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we |
3571 | // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well | |
b225f659 VZ |
3572 | x = |
3573 | y = CW_USEDEFAULT; | |
3574 | } | |
3575 | else | |
a23fd0e1 | 3576 | { |
2a77c8c4 VZ |
3577 | // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it |
3578 | // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then | |
3579 | // and so we have to choose some default value for it | |
b225f659 | 3580 | x = pos.x; |
422d0ff0 | 3581 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y; |
c085e333 | 3582 | |
08158721 | 3583 | nonDefault = true; |
42e69d6b | 3584 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3585 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3586 | /* |
3587 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3588 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3589 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3590 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3591 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3592 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3593 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3594 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3595 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3596 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3597 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3598 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3599 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3600 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3601 | */ | |
b225f659 | 3602 | |
35bbb0c6 | 3603 | |
426936d1 RD |
3604 | // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons: |
3605 | // | |
3606 | // 1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not | |
3607 | // uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half | |
77ffb593 | 3608 | // empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example) |
426936d1 RD |
3609 | // |
3610 | // 2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which | |
3611 | // the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <-> | |
3612 | // window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it | |
3613 | // does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken | |
3614 | // default size anyhow) | |
3615 | // | |
3616 | // 3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is | |
3617 | // possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top | |
3618 | // level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can | |
3619 | // guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well | |
3620 | // ourselves | |
960b193e | 3621 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
3622 | // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default |
3623 | // size if possible. | |
960b193e | 3624 | #ifdef _WIN32_WCE |
422d0ff0 | 3625 | if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3626 | w = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3627 | else | |
3628 | w = size.x; | |
422d0ff0 | 3629 | if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3630 | h = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3631 | else | |
3632 | h = size.y; | |
960b193e | 3633 | #else |
422d0ff0 | 3634 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
426936d1 | 3635 | { |
08158721 | 3636 | nonDefault = true; |
8614c467 | 3637 | } |
426936d1 RD |
3638 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); |
3639 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
960b193e | 3640 | #endif |
8614c467 | 3641 | |
4e9d23cd VZ |
3642 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
3643 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3644 | return nonDefault; |
3645 | } | |
3646 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3647 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3648 | { | |
d285d708 | 3649 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3650 | } |
3651 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3652 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3653 | const wxChar *title, | |
3654 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3655 | const wxSize& size, | |
3656 | WXDWORD style, | |
3657 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3658 | { | |
23035521 VZ |
3659 | // check a common bug in the user code: if the window is created with a |
3660 | // non-default ctor and Create() is called too, we'd create 2 HWND for a | |
3661 | // single wxWindow object and this results in all sorts of trouble, | |
3662 | // especially for wxTLWs | |
3663 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_hWnd, true, "window can't be recreated" ); | |
3664 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
3665 | // this can happen if this function is called using the return value of |
3666 | // wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName() which failed | |
3667 | wxCHECK_MSG( wclass, false, "failed to register window class?" ); | |
3668 | ||
3669 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3670 | // choose the position/size for the new window |
3671 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3672 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3673 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3674 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3675 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3676 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3677 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3678 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3679 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3680 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3681 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3682 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 | 3683 | { |
d9698bd4 | 3684 | className += wxApp::GetNoRedrawClassSuffix(); |
a23fd0e1 | 3685 | } |
c085e333 | 3686 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3687 | // do create the window |
3688 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3689 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3690 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3691 | ( | |
3692 | extendedStyle, | |
e0a050e3 VS |
3693 | className.wx_str(), |
3694 | title ? title : m_windowName.wx_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3695 | style, |
3696 | x, y, w, h, | |
3697 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
dca0f651 | 3698 | (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(controlId), |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3699 | wxGetInstance(), |
3700 | NULL // no extra data | |
3701 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3702 | |
3703 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3704 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3705 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3706 | |
08158721 | 3707 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3708 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3709 | |
b225f659 | 3710 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3711 | |
08158721 | 3712 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3713 | } |
3714 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3715 | // =========================================================================== |
3716 | // MSW message handlers | |
3717 | // =========================================================================== | |
3718 | ||
3719 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3720 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3721 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3722 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3723 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3724 | { |
04ef50df | 3725 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3726 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3727 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
dca0f651 | 3728 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3729 | |
2b15b970 | 3730 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3731 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3732 | { |
42e69d6b | 3733 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3734 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3735 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3736 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3737 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3738 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3739 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3740 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3741 | // correct button tooltips | |
3742 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3743 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3744 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3745 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3746 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3747 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3748 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3749 | { | |
08158721 | 3750 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3751 | } |
2d0a075d | 3752 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3753 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3754 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3755 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3756 | |
2b15b970 | 3757 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3758 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3759 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3760 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3761 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3762 | } |
2d0a075d | 3763 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3764 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3765 | ||
3766 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3767 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3768 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3769 | { | |
3770 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3771 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3772 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3773 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3774 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3775 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3776 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3777 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3778 | { |
3779 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3780 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3781 | } |
7f0586ef | 3782 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3783 | |
3784 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3785 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3786 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3787 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3788 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3789 | // | |
3790 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3791 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3792 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3793 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3794 | // | |
3795 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3796 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3797 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3798 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3799 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3800 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3801 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3802 | |
118208ac VZ |
3803 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3804 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3805 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3806 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3807 | |
3808 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3809 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3810 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3811 | ( | |
3812 | CP_ACP, | |
3813 | 0, // no flags | |
b05fde97 | 3814 | ttip.wx_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3815 | tipLength, |
3816 | buf, | |
3817 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3818 | ); | |
3819 | ||
3820 | if ( !len ) | |
3821 | { | |
3822 | wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()")); | |
3823 | } | |
7afebc8c | 3824 | |
118208ac VZ |
3825 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3826 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3827 | } | |
3828 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3829 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3830 | { | |
3831 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3832 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3833 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3834 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
e408bf52 | 3835 | wxStrlcpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf)); |
118208ac | 3836 | ttText->lpszText = buf; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3837 | } |
3838 | ||
08158721 | 3839 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3840 | } |
3841 | ||
3842 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3843 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3844 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3845 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3846 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3847 | { |
3848 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3849 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3850 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3851 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3852 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3853 | { | |
3854 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3855 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3856 | } |
42e69d6b | 3857 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3858 | #else |
3859 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3860 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3861 | ||
08158721 | 3862 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3863 | } |
2b15b970 | 3864 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3865 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3866 | // end session messages | |
3867 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3868 | |
1e6feb95 | 3869 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3870 | { |
040e5f77 | 3871 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3872 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3873 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3874 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3875 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3876 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3877 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3878 | ||
3879 | if ( rc ) | |
3880 | { | |
3881 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3882 | // negation...) | |
3883 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3884 | } |
3885 | ||
42e69d6b | 3886 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3887 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3888 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3889 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3890 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3891 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3892 | } |
3893 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3894 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3895 | { |
040e5f77 | 3896 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3897 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3898 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3899 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3900 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3901 | // only send once |
3902 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3903 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3904 | |
abb74e0f | 3905 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3906 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3907 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
f801d19a | 3908 | event.SetLoggingOff((logOff & ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) != 0); |
519dc37f VZ |
3909 | |
3910 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3911 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3912 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3913 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3914 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3915 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3916 | } |
3917 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3918 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3919 | // window creation/destruction | |
3920 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3921 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3922 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3923 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3924 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
3925 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
3926 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
3927 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 3928 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 3929 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
3930 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
3931 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 3932 | |
08158721 | 3933 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 3934 | |
08158721 | 3935 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3936 | } |
3937 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3938 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 3939 | { |
7de59551 | 3940 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3941 | |
3942 | // delete our drop target if we've got one | |
3943 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
3944 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 3945 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3946 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
3947 | ||
3948 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
3949 | m_dropTarget = NULL; | |
2d0a075d | 3950 | } |
42e69d6b | 3951 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 3952 | |
42e69d6b | 3953 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 3954 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3955 | } |
3956 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3957 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3958 | // activation/focus | |
3959 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3960 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3961 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3962 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
3963 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3964 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3965 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
3966 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
3967 | m_windowId); | |
3968 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3969 | ||
937013e0 | 3970 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3971 | } |
3972 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3973 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 3974 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
3975 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
3976 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
3977 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
3978 | { | |
3979 | return false; | |
3980 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 3981 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3982 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
3983 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 3984 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
937013e0 | 3985 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus); |
456bc6d9 | 3986 | |
789295bf | 3987 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3988 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 3989 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 3990 | { |
789295bf | 3991 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 3992 | } |
789295bf | 3993 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3994 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3995 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
3996 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3997 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
3998 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
3999 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4000 | ||
937013e0 | 4001 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4002 | } |
4003 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4004 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 4005 | { |
789295bf | 4006 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4007 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4008 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4009 | { |
789295bf | 4010 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4011 | } |
789295bf | 4012 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4013 | |
2913e597 RD |
4014 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4015 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4016 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4017 | { | |
08158721 | 4018 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4019 | } |
4020 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4021 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4022 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4023 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4024 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4025 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4026 | ||
937013e0 | 4027 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4028 | } |
4029 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4030 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4031 | // labels | |
4032 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4033 | ||
4034 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4035 | { | |
4036 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4037 | } | |
4038 | ||
4039 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4040 | { | |
4041 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4042 | } | |
4043 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4044 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4045 | // miscellaneous | |
4046 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4047 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4048 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4049 | { |
42e69d6b | 4050 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4051 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4052 | |
937013e0 | 4053 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4054 | } |
4055 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4056 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4057 | { |
42e69d6b | 4058 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4059 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4060 | |
937013e0 | 4061 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4062 | } |
4063 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4064 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4065 | { |
7f0586ef | 4066 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4067 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4068 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4069 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4070 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4071 | |
4072 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4073 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4074 | ( |
4075 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4076 | (UINT)-1, | |
4077 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4078 | (UINT)0 | |
4079 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4080 | |
4081 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4082 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4083 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4084 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4085 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4086 | ||
4087 | // and now get the file name | |
4088 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4089 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4090 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4091 | |
42e69d6b | 4092 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4093 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4094 | |
4095 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4096 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4097 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4098 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4099 | |
fe8f9ad7 VZ |
4100 | DragFinish(hFilesInfo); |
4101 | ||
937013e0 | 4102 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4103 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4104 | } |
4105 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4106 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4107 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4108 | short nHitTest, | |
4109 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4110 | { |
04ef50df | 4111 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4112 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4113 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4114 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4115 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4116 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4117 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4118 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4119 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4120 | { |
46753a7c | 4121 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4122 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4123 | else // not busy |
4124 | { | |
4125 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4126 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4127 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4128 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4129 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4130 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 | 4131 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
46753a7c | 4132 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt)) |
f2325516 | 4133 | #else |
46753a7c | 4134 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
3fca879c | 4135 | #endif |
46753a7c VZ |
4136 | { |
4137 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
4138 | } | |
43b5058d | 4139 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4140 | int x = pt.x, |
4141 | y = pt.y; | |
4142 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4143 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
42e69d6b | 4144 | |
937013e0 | 4145 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
46753a7c | 4146 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4147 | { |
46753a7c | 4148 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4149 | } |
43b5058d | 4150 | |
46753a7c | 4151 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4152 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4153 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4154 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4155 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4156 | // be used for this point | |
4157 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4158 | { |
46753a7c | 4159 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4160 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4161 | |
4162 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4163 | { |
4164 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
4165 | if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() ) | |
4166 | { | |
4167 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4168 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4169 | } |
4170 | } | |
4171 | } | |
4172 | ||
46753a7c | 4173 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4174 | if ( hcursor ) |
4175 | { | |
4176 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4177 | ||
4178 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4179 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4180 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4181 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4182 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4183 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4184 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4185 | } |
4186 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4187 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4188 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4189 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4190 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4191 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4192 | // FIXME | |
4193 | return false; | |
4194 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4195 | wxEventType evtType; |
4196 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4197 | { | |
4198 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4199 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4200 | break; | |
4201 | ||
4202 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4203 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4204 | break; | |
4205 | ||
4206 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4207 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4208 | break; | |
4209 | ||
4210 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
4211 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; | |
4212 | break; | |
4213 | ||
4214 | default: | |
4215 | wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); | |
4216 | // fall through | |
4217 | ||
4218 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4219 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4220 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4221 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4222 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4223 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4224 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4225 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca | 4226 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
55cd5d10 VZ |
4227 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4228 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4229 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4230 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; |
4231 | break; | |
4232 | } | |
4233 | ||
4234 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4235 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4236 | return false; | |
4237 | ||
4238 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4239 | ||
4240 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
937013e0 | 4241 | if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
355debca VZ |
4242 | return false; |
4243 | ||
4244 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4245 | ||
4246 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4247 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4248 | } |
4249 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4250 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4251 | { | |
75e8e6dc | 4252 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
d66d0500 | 4253 | { |
75e8e6dc | 4254 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_COMPOSITED) ) |
2e992e06 | 4255 | return true; |
75e8e6dc VZ |
4256 | |
4257 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4258 | break; | |
4259 | } | |
d66d0500 | 4260 | |
2e992e06 VZ |
4261 | return false; |
4262 | } | |
4263 | ||
f60ca3e2 RD |
4264 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDoubleBuffered(bool on) |
4265 | { | |
4266 | // Get the current extended style bits | |
d66d0500 | 4267 | long exstyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4268 | |
4269 | // Twiddle the bit as needed | |
4270 | if ( on ) | |
4271 | exstyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4272 | else | |
4273 | exstyle &= ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4274 | ||
4275 | // put it back | |
d66d0500 | 4276 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyle); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4277 | } |
4278 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4279 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4280 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4281 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4282 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4283 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4284 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4285 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4286 | #else | |
4287 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4288 | #endif | |
4289 | ||
4290 | bool | |
4291 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4292 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4293 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4294 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4295 | |
4296 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4297 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4298 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4299 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4300 | { |
42e69d6b | 4301 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4302 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4303 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4304 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4305 | return false; | |
4306 | ||
4307 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4308 | false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4309 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4310 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4311 | // the DC from being released | |
4312 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4313 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4314 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4315 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4316 | ||
4317 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4318 | ( |
4319 | dc, | |
4320 | rect, | |
4321 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4322 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4323 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4324 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4325 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4326 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4327 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4328 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4329 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4330 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4331 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4332 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4333 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4334 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4335 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4336 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4337 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4338 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4339 | # else | |
4340 | NULL | |
4341 | # endif | |
4342 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4343 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4344 | |
4345 | if ( item ) | |
4346 | { | |
4347 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4348 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4349 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4350 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4351 | ||
08158721 | 4352 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4353 | } |
4354 | ||
61fef19b | 4355 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4356 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4357 | { |
61fef19b | 4358 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4359 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4360 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4361 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4362 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4363 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4364 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4365 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4366 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4367 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4368 | // | |
4369 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4370 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4371 | return false; | |
4372 | ||
4373 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4374 | false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4375 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4376 | size_t w, h; |
4377 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4378 | ||
4379 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4380 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4381 | ||
4382 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4383 | } |
42e69d6b | 4384 | |
567be187 VZ |
4385 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4386 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4387 | { |
567be187 | 4388 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4389 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4390 | #else |
4391 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4392 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4393 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4394 | |
08158721 | 4395 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4396 | } |
4397 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4398 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4399 | // colours and palettes | |
4400 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4401 | |
1e6feb95 | 4402 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4403 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4404 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4405 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4406 | ||
937013e0 | 4407 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
23895080 VZ |
4408 | |
4409 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4410 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4411 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4412 | } |
4413 | ||
574c939e KB |
4414 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4415 | { | |
4416 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4417 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4418 | ||
937013e0 | 4419 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
574c939e KB |
4420 | } |
4421 | ||
04ef50df | 4422 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4423 | |
1a784dfc | 4424 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4425 | { |
3d74a760 | 4426 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4427 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4428 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4429 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4430 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4431 | |
01c500af | 4432 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4433 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4434 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4435 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4436 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4437 | |
01c500af | 4438 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4439 | } |
4440 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4441 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4442 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4443 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4444 | { |
574c939e | 4445 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4446 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4447 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4448 | { | |
574c939e | 4449 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4450 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4451 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4452 | { | |
4453 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4454 | } | |
4455 | ||
4456 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4457 | { | |
4458 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4459 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4460 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4461 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4462 | |
4463 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4464 | |
4465 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4466 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4467 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4468 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4469 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4470 | ||
4471 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4472 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4473 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4474 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4475 | |
4476 | } | |
4477 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4478 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4479 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4480 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4481 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4482 | |
937013e0 | 4483 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4484 | } |
4485 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4486 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4487 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4488 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4489 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4490 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4491 | |
72f8c792 | 4492 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4493 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4494 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4495 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a5e84126 JS |
4496 | } |
4497 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4498 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4499 | { | |
4500 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4501 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4502 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4503 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4504 | ||
4505 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4506 | while ( node ) | |
4507 | { | |
4508 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4509 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4510 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4511 | { | |
4512 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4513 | } | |
4514 | ||
4515 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4516 | } | |
4517 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4518 | // let the system handle it |
4519 | return false; | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4522 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4523 | { |
574c939e KB |
4524 | |
4525 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4526 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4527 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4528 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4529 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4530 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4531 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4532 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4533 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4534 | |
4535 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4536 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4537 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4538 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4539 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4540 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4541 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4542 | if (result > 0) | |
4543 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4544 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4545 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4546 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4547 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4548 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4549 | ||
937013e0 | 4550 | return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4551 | } |
4552 | ||
4553 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4554 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4555 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4556 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4557 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4558 | // only have to do it once) | |
4559 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4562 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4563 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4564 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4565 | while ( node ) |
4566 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4567 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4568 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4569 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4570 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4571 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4572 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4573 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4574 | // the standard controls | |
4575 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4576 | } |
42e69d6b | 4577 | |
23895080 VZ |
4578 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4579 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4580 | } |
4581 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4582 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4583 | { | |
4584 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4585 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4586 | ||
4587 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4588 | { | |
08158721 | 4589 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4590 | |
4591 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4592 | { | |
4593 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4594 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4595 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4596 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4597 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4598 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4599 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4600 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
90c1530a VZ |
4601 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
4602 | if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4605 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
4606 | _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); | |
4607 | ||
4608 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4609 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4610 | ||
4611 | wxColour colour; | |
4612 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4613 | { | |
4614 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4615 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4616 | } | |
4617 | } | |
4618 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4619 | { | |
4620 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4621 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4622 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4623 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4624 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4625 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4626 | } | |
4627 | ||
08158721 | 4628 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4629 | } |
4630 | ||
08158721 | 4631 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4632 | |
4633 | // create the colour map | |
4634 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4635 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4636 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4637 | ||
4638 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4639 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4640 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4641 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4642 | ||
4643 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4644 | } | |
4645 | ||
4646 | return s_cmap; | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4649 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4650 | // painting | |
4651 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4652 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4653 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4654 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4655 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4656 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 4657 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
42e69d6b | 4658 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
f6bcfd97 | 4659 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
c085e333 | 4660 | |
42e69d6b | 4661 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4662 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4663 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4664 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4665 | |
937013e0 | 4666 | bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4667 | |
4668 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise | |
4669 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4670 | // colour | |
4671 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4672 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4673 | HandleWindowEvent(eventNc); |
1e6feb95 | 4674 | |
90df6033 VZ |
4675 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4676 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4677 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4678 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4679 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4680 | } |
4681 | ||
63da7df7 | 4682 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4683 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4684 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4685 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4686 | event.Skip(); | |
4687 | #else | |
888dde65 | 4688 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
63da7df7 JS |
4689 | if (hDC != 0) |
4690 | { | |
4691 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4692 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4693 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4694 | } |
4695 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4696 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
a23fd0e1 | 4697 | { |
e0e6ac8a | 4698 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); |
888dde65 | 4699 | wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
c085e333 | 4700 | |
888dde65 RR |
4701 | impl->SetHDC(hdc); |
4702 | impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
c085e333 | 4703 | |
2bda0e17 | 4704 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
42e69d6b | 4705 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 4706 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
c085e333 | 4707 | |
7561aacd | 4708 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp |
888dde65 | 4709 | impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc); |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
4710 | |
4711 | return rc; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4712 | } |
4713 | ||
8681b094 VZ |
4714 | void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) |
4715 | { | |
52c3e064 VZ |
4716 | // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase |
4717 | // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control- | |
4718 | // specific ways to set the colours (common controls) | |
4719 | if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
b8335252 | 4720 | { |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4721 | event.Skip(); |
4722 | return; | |
4723 | } | |
b8335252 | 4724 | |
06d7ed27 | 4725 | if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4726 | { |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4727 | // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app |
4728 | // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all | |
4729 | // now to avoid flicker | |
4730 | return; | |
4731 | } | |
8681b094 | 4732 | |
888dde65 RR |
4733 | wxDC *dc = event.GetDC(); |
4734 | if (!dc) return; | |
4735 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc->GetImpl(); | |
90df6033 | 4736 | |
06d7ed27 | 4737 | // do default background painting |
888dde65 | 4738 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*impl)) ) |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4739 | { |
4740 | // let the system paint the background | |
4741 | event.Skip(); | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4742 | } |
4743 | } | |
4744 | ||
c3732409 | 4745 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4746 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4747 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4748 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4749 | return false; |
4750 | ||
c3732409 | 4751 | wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr); |
c581abbc VZ |
4752 | |
4753 | return true; | |
4754 | } | |
4755 | ||
c3732409 | 4756 | WXHBRUSH |
2bae4332 | 4757 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd) |
c5bd3c62 | 4758 | { |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4759 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4760 | { | |
8d075f8d VZ |
4761 | // our background colour applies to: |
4762 | // 1. this window itself, always | |
4763 | // 2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable" | |
c3732409 VZ |
4764 | // 3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent |
4765 | // children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent | |
4766 | // children because it would look wrong if a child of non | |
4767 | // transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself | |
4768 | // does not | |
2bae4332 VZ |
4769 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
4770 | if ( win == this || | |
c3732409 | 4771 | m_inheritBgCol || |
2bae4332 VZ |
4772 | (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() && |
4773 | win->GetParent() == this) ) | |
accbb1e7 | 4774 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4775 | // draw children with the same colour as the parent |
4776 | wxBrush * | |
4777 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
4778 | ||
4779 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4780 | } |
4781 | } | |
4782 | ||
c3732409 | 4783 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4784 | } |
8681b094 | 4785 | |
2bae4332 | 4786 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint) |
bdd1a35d | 4787 | { |
2bae4332 VZ |
4788 | if ( !hWndToPaint ) |
4789 | hWndToPaint = GetHWND(); | |
bdd1a35d | 4790 | |
c3732409 | 4791 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4792 | { |
2bae4332 | 4793 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4794 | if ( hBrush ) |
4795 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4796 | |
c3732409 VZ |
4797 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
4798 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 4799 | break; |
01c500af | 4800 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4801 | |
4802 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
4803 | } |
4804 | ||
b728a212 | 4805 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 4806 | { |
b728a212 JG |
4807 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
4808 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
4809 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
4810 | // | |
4811 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
4812 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
4813 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
4814 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
4815 | // | |
4816 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
4817 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
4818 | ||
4819 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4820 | return false; | |
4821 | ||
4822 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
4823 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
4824 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
4825 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
4826 | ||
4827 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
4828 | { | |
4829 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
4830 | return true; | |
4831 | ||
4832 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4833 | break; | |
4834 | } | |
4835 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
4836 | return false; |
4837 | } | |
4838 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4839 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4840 | // moving and resizing | |
4841 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4842 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4843 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
4844 | { |
4845 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
4846 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 4847 | |
937013e0 | 4848 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4849 | } |
4850 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4851 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 4852 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4853 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
4854 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 4855 | |
937013e0 | 4856 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b | 4857 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4858 | |
1e6feb95 | 4859 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 4860 | { |
907173e5 WS |
4861 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
4862 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4863 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
4864 | ||
937013e0 | 4865 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4866 | } |
4867 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4868 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
4869 | { | |
4870 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4871 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4872 | |
937013e0 | 4873 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
4874 | if (rc) |
4875 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4876 | return rc; | |
4877 | } | |
4878 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
4879 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
4880 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4881 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4882 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
4883 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4884 | ||
937013e0 | 4885 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
4886 | } |
4887 | ||
4888 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
4889 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4890 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4891 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
4892 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4893 | ||
937013e0 | 4894 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
4895 | } |
4896 | ||
4bc0f25e | 4897 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 4898 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4899 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
4900 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be | |
4901 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
4902 | int numChildren = 0; | |
4903 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
4904 | child; | |
4905 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
4906 | { | |
4907 | numChildren ++; | |
4908 | } | |
4909 | ||
3fca879c | 4910 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
4911 | bool useDefer = false; |
4912 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4913 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
4914 | { | |
c3723477 | 4915 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 4916 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4917 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
4918 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
4919 | { | |
4920 | wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos")); | |
4921 | } | |
4922 | if (m_hDWP) | |
4923 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4924 | } |
4925 | } | |
f7040b5f | 4926 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 4927 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4928 | // update this window size |
4929 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4930 | switch ( wParam ) |
4931 | { | |
4932 | default: | |
4933 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); | |
4934 | // fall through nevertheless | |
4935 | ||
4936 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
4937 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
4938 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
4939 | break; | |
4940 | ||
4941 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
4942 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
4943 | break; | |
4944 | ||
4945 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 4946 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4947 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
4948 | ||
4949 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
4950 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
4951 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
4952 | // receive the total size | |
4953 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
4954 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4955 | ||
937013e0 | 4956 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4957 | } |
4958 | ||
c3723477 | 4959 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4960 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 4961 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4962 | { |
4963 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
4964 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
4965 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
4966 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
4967 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
4968 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 4969 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4970 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
4971 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
4972 | { | |
4973 | wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos")); | |
4974 | } | |
c3723477 | 4975 | |
da78f3b1 | 4976 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
4977 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
4978 | node; | |
4979 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
4980 | { | |
82e3664e | 4981 | wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData(); |
67644c1d RD |
4982 | child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
4983 | child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
c3723477 | 4984 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 4985 | } |
7d86a2d4 | 4986 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4987 | |
4bc0f25e | 4988 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4989 | } |
4990 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4991 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
4992 | { | |
4993 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4994 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4995 | |
937013e0 | 4996 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
4997 | if (rc) |
4998 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4999 | return rc; | |
5000 | } | |
5001 | ||
0c0d1521 | 5002 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 5003 | { |
7f0586ef | 5004 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 5005 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 5006 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
5007 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
5008 | ||
08158721 | 5009 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 5010 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
5011 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
5012 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
5013 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
5014 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 5015 | |
422d0ff0 | 5016 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 5017 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5018 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5019 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5020 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5021 | |
422d0ff0 | 5022 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5023 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5024 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5025 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5026 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5027 | |
422d0ff0 | 5028 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5029 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5030 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5031 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5032 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5033 | |
422d0ff0 | 5034 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5035 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5036 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5037 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5038 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5039 | |
42e69d6b | 5040 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5041 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5042 | } |
2d0a075d | 5043 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5044 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5045 | // command messages | |
5046 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5047 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5048 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5049 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5050 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5051 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5052 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5053 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5054 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5055 | { |
5056 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5057 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5058 | ||
5059 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5060 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5061 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5062 | |
8c290175 | 5063 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5064 | |
5065 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5066 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5067 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5068 | { |
71292fab | 5069 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5070 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5071 | |
71292fab VZ |
5072 | // try the id |
5073 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5074 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5075 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5076 | } |
5077 | ||
5078 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5079 | { |
42e69d6b | 5080 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5081 | } |
5082 | ||
5083 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5084 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5085 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5086 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5087 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5088 | { |
a6ac49b1 | 5089 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id); |
a84fc80b | 5090 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a84fc80b | 5091 | event.SetInt(id); |
b94ae1ea | 5092 | |
937013e0 | 5093 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a84fc80b | 5094 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5095 | else |
5096 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5097 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5098 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5099 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5100 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5101 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5102 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5103 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5104 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5105 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5106 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5107 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5108 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5109 | // wxChoice | |
5110 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5111 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5112 | return true; | |
5113 | #endif | |
5114 | } | |
5115 | ||
08158721 | 5116 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5117 | } |
5118 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5119 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5120 | // mouse events | |
5121 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5122 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5123 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5124 | int x, int y, | |
5125 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5126 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5127 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5128 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5129 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5130 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5131 | ||
5132 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5133 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5134 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5135 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5136 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5137 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5138 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5139 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5140 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5141 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5142 | |
f0b1ccde | 5143 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5144 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5145 | #endif |
5146 | ||
687706f5 | 5147 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5148 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5149 | |
5150 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5151 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5152 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5153 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5154 | } |
5155 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5156 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5157 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5158 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5159 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5160 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5161 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5162 | // to. | |
5163 | // | |
5164 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5165 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5166 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5167 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 VZ |
5168 | { |
5169 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); | |
5170 | ||
5171 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5172 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5173 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5174 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5175 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5176 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5177 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5178 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5179 | ( | |
5180 | hwnd, | |
5181 | pt | |
5182 | ); | |
5183 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5184 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5185 | ( | |
5186 | hwnd, | |
5187 | pt, | |
5188 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5189 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5190 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5191 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5192 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5193 | |
5194 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5195 | { |
5196 | // now try any child window at all | |
5197 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5198 | } | |
5199 | ||
5200 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5201 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5202 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5203 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5204 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5205 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5206 | { | |
dca0f651 | 5207 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwndUnderMouse); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5208 | if ( winUnderMouse ) |
5209 | { | |
5210 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5211 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5212 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5213 | ||
5214 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5215 | } | |
5216 | } | |
5217 | ||
5218 | return win; | |
5219 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5220 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5221 | |
1e6feb95 | 5222 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5223 | { |
42e69d6b | 5224 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5225 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5226 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5227 | // id | |
5228 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5229 | { | |
5230 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5231 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5232 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5233 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5234 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5235 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5236 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5237 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5238 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5239 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5240 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5241 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5242 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5243 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5244 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5245 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5246 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5247 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5248 | |
2f68482e | 5249 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5250 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5251 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5252 | switch ( msg ) | |
5253 | { | |
5254 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5255 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5256 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5257 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5258 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5259 | } | |
2f68482e | 5260 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5261 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5262 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5263 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5264 | ||
937013e0 | 5265 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5266 | } |
5267 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5268 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5269 | { |
5270 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5271 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5272 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5273 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5274 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5275 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5276 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5277 | { | |
5278 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5279 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5280 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5281 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5282 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5283 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5284 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5285 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5286 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5287 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5288 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5289 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5290 | { | |
e2d4ce7d | 5291 | // see comment in wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() explaining the |
5a9379d7 VZ |
5292 | // use of wxLoadedDLL |
5293 | wxLoadedDLL dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll")); | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5294 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) |
5295 | { | |
5296 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
e2d4ce7d | 5297 | dllComCtl32.RawGetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5298 | } |
5299 | ||
5300 | s_initDone = true; | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5301 | } |
5302 | ||
5303 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5304 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5305 | { | |
5306 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5307 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5308 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5309 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5310 | ||
5311 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5312 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5313 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5314 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5315 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5316 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5317 | |
937013e0 | 5318 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 5319 | } |
42e69d6b | 5320 | } |
cff58b52 | 5321 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5322 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5323 | { |
5324 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5325 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5326 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5327 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5328 | { | |
5329 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5330 | } | |
5331 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5332 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5333 | |
5334 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5335 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5336 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5337 | // | |
5338 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5339 | // other platforms | |
5340 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5341 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5342 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5343 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5344 | { | |
5345 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5346 | { | |
5347 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5348 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5349 | return false; |
5350 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5351 | } |
5352 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5353 | ||
5354 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5355 | } | |
5356 | ||
d2c52078 | 5357 | |
24ce4c18 | 5358 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
d2c52078 RD |
5359 | { |
5360 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5361 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5362 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5363 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5364 | // consistency | |
5365 | const wxPoint | |
5366 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5367 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5368 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5369 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5370 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
5371 | ||
0f7a546d RD |
5372 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5373 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5374 | { | |
5375 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5376 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5377 | { | |
5378 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
5379 | wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); | |
5380 | ||
5381 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5382 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5383 | } | |
5384 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5385 | |
0f7a546d | 5386 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
937013e0 | 5387 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5388 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5389 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5390 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5391 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5392 | |
08158721 | 5393 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5394 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5395 | } |
5396 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5397 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5398 | { | |
5399 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5400 | ||
5401 | int state = 0; | |
5402 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5403 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5404 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5405 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5406 | ||
5407 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5408 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5409 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5410 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5411 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5412 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5413 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5414 | ||
5415 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5416 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5417 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) ) | |
5418 | #else | |
51e4e266 | 5419 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
f2325516 | 5420 | #endif |
51e4e266 VZ |
5421 | { |
5422 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos")); | |
5423 | } | |
5424 | ||
5425 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5426 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5427 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5428 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5429 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5430 | ||
5431 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5432 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5433 | ||
937013e0 | 5434 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
51e4e266 | 5435 | } |
d2c52078 | 5436 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5437 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5438 | // keyboard handling | |
5439 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5440 | ||
c42404a5 VZ |
5441 | // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by |
5442 | // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up | |
1e6feb95 | 5443 | wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, |
b09bda68 | 5444 | int id, |
9c7df356 VZ |
5445 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
5446 | WXWPARAM wParam) const | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5447 | { |
5448 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5449 | event.SetId(GetId()); | |
3f7bc32b VZ |
5450 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5451 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5452 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5453 | ||
687706f5 | 5454 | event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast |
c42404a5 | 5455 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
0d9b2c16 | 5456 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
32b13913 | 5457 | event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam; |
0d9b2c16 | 5458 | #endif |
9c7df356 VZ |
5459 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5460 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5461 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5462 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5463 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5464 | |
5465 | // translate the position to client coords | |
5466 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5467 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5468 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
5469 | #else | |
c42404a5 | 5470 | GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 5471 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5472 | RECT rect; |
5473 | GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect); | |
5474 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5475 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5476 | ||
5477 | event.m_x = pt.x; | |
5478 | event.m_y = pt.y; | |
5479 | ||
5480 | return event; | |
5481 | } | |
5482 | ||
08158721 | 5483 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from |
42e69d6b | 5484 | // WM_KEYDOWN one |
1e6feb95 | 5485 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5486 | { |
5487 | int id; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5488 | if ( isASCII ) |
5489 | { | |
42e69d6b | 5490 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5491 | } |
9c7df356 | 5492 | else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN |
c42404a5 | 5493 | { |
6121a198 VZ |
5494 | // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want |
5495 | // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys | |
5496 | // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events | |
5497 | id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam); | |
9c7df356 | 5498 | if ( id == 0 ) |
c42404a5 | 5499 | { |
9c7df356 | 5500 | // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from |
08158721 DS |
5501 | // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now |
5502 | return false; | |
c42404a5 | 5503 | } |
9c7df356 | 5504 | } |
42e69d6b | 5505 | |
9c7df356 | 5506 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam)); |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5507 | |
5508 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European | |
5509 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5510 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5511 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5512 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5513 | // needed) | |
5514 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
5515 | (id >= 32 && id < 256) ) | |
9c7df356 | 5516 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5517 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5518 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5519 | } |
c42404a5 | 5520 | |
937013e0 | 5521 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5522 | } |
5523 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5524 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5525 | { |
ff792344 | 5526 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5527 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5528 | if ( !id ) |
5529 | { | |
5530 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5531 | id = wParam; |
5532 | } | |
5533 | ||
b60978b2 | 5534 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam)); |
937013e0 | 5535 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5536 | } |
5537 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5538 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5539 | { |
ff792344 | 5540 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5541 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5542 | if ( !id ) |
5543 | { | |
5544 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b | 5545 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5546 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5547 | |
b60978b2 | 5548 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam)); |
937013e0 | 5549 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5550 | } |
5551 | ||
53a118d6 | 5552 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5553 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5554 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5555 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5556 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5557 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5558 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5559 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5560 | ||
5561 | MENUITEMINFO mii; | |
5562 | wxZeroMemory(mii); | |
5563 | mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5564 | |
5565 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5566 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5567 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5568 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5569 | ||
5570 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5571 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5572 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5573 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5574 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5575 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5576 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5577 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5578 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5579 | { | |
5580 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5581 | { | |
5582 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5583 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5584 | // menu creation code | |
5585 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5586 | ||
967d3d97 | 5587 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetItemLabel().wx_str(), _T('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5588 | while ( p++ ) |
5589 | { | |
5590 | if ( *p == _T('&') ) | |
5591 | { | |
5592 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
5593 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&')); | |
5594 | } | |
5595 | else // got the accel char | |
5596 | { | |
5597 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5598 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5599 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5600 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5601 | { |
5602 | return i; | |
5603 | } | |
5604 | else | |
5605 | { | |
5606 | // this one doesn't match | |
5607 | break; | |
5608 | } | |
5609 | } | |
5610 | } | |
5611 | } | |
5612 | } | |
e39af974 | 5613 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5614 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5615 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
b74cce40 VZ |
5616 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
5617 | } | |
5618 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5619 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5620 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5621 | } | |
5622 | ||
17a04304 VZ |
5623 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
5624 | ||
5625 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent(WXUINT nMsg) | |
78c91815 | 5626 | { |
17a04304 VZ |
5627 | const wxEventType type = nMsg == WM_CUT ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT |
5628 | : nMsg == WM_COPY ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY | |
5629 | : /* nMsg == WM_PASTE */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
78c91815 VZ |
5630 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); |
5631 | ||
5632 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5633 | ||
937013e0 | 5634 | return HandleWindowEvent(evt); |
78c91815 VZ |
5635 | } |
5636 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5637 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5638 | // joystick | |
5639 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5640 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5641 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5642 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5643 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5644 | int change = 0; |
5645 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5646 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5647 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5648 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5649 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5650 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5651 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5652 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5653 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5654 | int buttons = 0; |
5655 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5656 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5657 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5658 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5659 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5660 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5661 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5662 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5663 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5664 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5665 | int joystick; | |
5666 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5667 | switch ( msg ) | |
5668 | { | |
5669 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5670 | joystick = 1; | |
5671 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5672 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5673 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5674 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5675 | joystick = 2; | |
5676 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5677 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5678 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5679 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5680 | joystick = 1; | |
5681 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5682 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5683 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5684 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5685 | joystick = 2; | |
5686 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5687 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5688 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5689 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5690 | joystick = 1; | |
5691 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5692 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5693 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5694 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5695 | joystick = 2; | |
5696 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5697 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5698 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5699 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5700 | joystick = 1; | |
5701 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5702 | break; | |
5703 | ||
5704 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5705 | joystick = 2; | |
5706 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5707 | break; | |
5708 | ||
5709 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5710 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5711 | |
08158721 | 5712 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5713 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5714 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5715 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
5716 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
5717 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5718 | |
937013e0 | 5719 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5720 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5721 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5722 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5723 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5724 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5725 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5726 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5727 | } |
5728 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5729 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5730 | // scrolling | |
5731 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5732 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5733 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5734 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5735 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5736 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5737 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5738 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5739 | if ( child ) | |
5740 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5741 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5742 | |
9145664b | 5743 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5744 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5745 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5746 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5747 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5748 | switch ( wParam ) |
5749 | { | |
5750 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5751 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5752 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5753 | |
42e69d6b | 5754 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5755 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 5756 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5757 | |
42e69d6b | 5758 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 5759 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5760 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5761 | |
42e69d6b | 5762 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5763 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5764 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 5765 | |
42e69d6b | 5766 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 5767 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5768 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5769 | |
42e69d6b | 5770 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5771 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5772 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5773 | |
42e69d6b | 5774 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 5775 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5776 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
5777 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
5778 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
5779 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
5780 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
5781 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 5782 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5783 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
5784 | ||
5785 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
5786 | orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ | |
5787 | : SB_VERT, | |
5788 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
5789 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 5790 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
f676b387 | 5791 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5792 | } |
5793 | ||
5794 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
5795 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 5796 | |
687706f5 | 5797 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 5798 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 5799 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 5800 | break; |
c085e333 | 5801 | |
42e69d6b | 5802 | default: |
08158721 | 5803 | return false; |
564b2609 | 5804 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5805 | |
937013e0 | 5806 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5807 | } |
5808 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
5809 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5810 | // custom message handlers | |
5811 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5812 | ||
5813 | /* static */ bool | |
5814 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5815 | { | |
5816 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
5817 | false, _T("registering handler for the same message twice") ); | |
5818 | ||
5819 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
5820 | return true; | |
5821 | } | |
5822 | ||
5823 | /* static */ void | |
5824 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5825 | { | |
5826 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
5827 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
5828 | _T("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); | |
5829 | ||
5830 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5833 | // =========================================================================== |
5834 | // global functions | |
5835 | // =========================================================================== | |
5836 | ||
7a5e53ab | 5837 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 5838 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5839 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
5840 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 5841 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 5842 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
5843 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
5844 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 5845 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
5846 | if ( fnt ) |
5847 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 5848 | |
42e69d6b | 5849 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 5850 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 5851 | { |
42e69d6b | 5852 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 5853 | } |
42e69d6b | 5854 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
5855 | |
5856 | if ( x ) | |
5857 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
5858 | if ( y ) | |
5859 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 5860 | |
7a5e53ab | 5861 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 5862 | } |
c085e333 | 5863 | |
5004c3ad JG |
5864 | // use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys |
5865 | // from normal keys as the same key is sent | |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5866 | static inline |
5867 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) | |
5004c3ad | 5868 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5869 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
5870 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
5871 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
5872 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
5873 | return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; | |
5004c3ad JG |
5874 | } |
5875 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
5876 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
5877 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below | |
5878 | // | |
5879 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
5880 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
5881 | static const struct wxKeyMapping | |
5882 | { | |
5883 | int vk; | |
5884 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
5885 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
5886 | { | |
5887 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
5888 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
5889 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
5890 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
5891 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
5892 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
5893 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
5894 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
5895 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
5896 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
5897 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
5898 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
5899 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
5900 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
5901 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
5902 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5903 | |
5904 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
5905 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
5906 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
5907 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
5908 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
5909 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
5910 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
5911 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
5912 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
5913 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
5914 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
5915 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
5916 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
5917 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
5918 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
5919 | ||
5920 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
5921 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
5922 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
5923 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
5924 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
5925 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
5926 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
5927 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
5928 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
5929 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
5930 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
5931 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
5932 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
5933 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
5934 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
5935 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
5936 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
5937 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
5938 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
5939 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
5940 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
5941 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
5942 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
5943 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
5944 | ||
5945 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
5946 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
5947 | ||
5948 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
5949 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
5950 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
5951 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
5952 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
5953 | }; | |
5954 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5955 | // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that |
5956 | // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead. | |
d5c21b02 | 5957 | int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 5958 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5959 | // check the table first |
5960 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
5961 | { | |
5962 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5963 | return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
5964 | } | |
9c7df356 | 5965 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5966 | // keys requiring special handling |
5967 | int wxk; | |
5968 | switch ( vk ) | |
5969 | { | |
e77c5d96 VZ |
5970 | // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so |
5971 | // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5972 | case VK_OEM_1: wxk = ';'; break; |
5973 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: wxk = '+'; break; | |
5974 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: wxk = ','; break; | |
5975 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: wxk = '-'; break; | |
5976 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break; | |
5977 | case VK_OEM_2: wxk = '/'; break; | |
5978 | case VK_OEM_3: wxk = '~'; break; | |
5979 | case VK_OEM_4: wxk = '['; break; | |
5980 | case VK_OEM_5: wxk = '\\'; break; | |
5981 | case VK_OEM_6: wxk = ']'; break; | |
5982 | case VK_OEM_7: wxk = '\''; break; | |
702c4208 | 5983 | |
5004c3ad | 5984 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 5985 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 5986 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 5987 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5988 | |
413553cc | 5989 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 5990 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 5991 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5992 | |
413553cc | 5993 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 5994 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 5995 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5996 | |
413553cc | 5997 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 5998 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 5999 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6000 | |
413553cc | 6001 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 6002 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 6003 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6004 | |
413553cc | 6005 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 6006 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 6007 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6008 | |
413553cc | 6009 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 6010 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6011 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6012 | |
413553cc | 6013 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6014 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6015 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6016 | |
413553cc | 6017 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6018 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6019 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6020 | |
413553cc | 6021 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6022 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6023 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6024 | |
ff792344 | 6025 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6026 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6027 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
d5c21b02 | 6028 | wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
ff792344 VZ |
6029 | break; |
6030 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6031 | default: |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6032 | wxk = 0; |
6033 | } | |
6034 | ||
6035 | return wxk; | |
6036 | } | |
6037 | ||
6038 | WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual) | |
6039 | { | |
6040 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
6041 | *isVirtual = true; | |
6042 | ||
6043 | // check the table first | |
6044 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6045 | { | |
6046 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
6047 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; | |
6048 | } | |
6049 | ||
6050 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
6051 | WXWORD vk; | |
6052 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6053 | { | |
71403278 VZ |
6054 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
6055 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: | |
6056 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6057 | break; | |
6058 | ||
6059 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6060 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: | |
6061 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6062 | break; | |
6063 | ||
6064 | case WXK_END: | |
6065 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: | |
6066 | vk = VK_END; | |
6067 | break; | |
6068 | ||
6069 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6070 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: | |
6071 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6072 | break; | |
6073 | ||
6074 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6075 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: | |
6076 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6077 | break; | |
6078 | ||
6079 | case WXK_UP: | |
6080 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: | |
6081 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6082 | break; | |
6083 | ||
6084 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6085 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: | |
6086 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6087 | break; | |
6088 | ||
6089 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6090 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: | |
6091 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6092 | break; | |
6093 | ||
6094 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
6095 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: | |
6096 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6097 | break; | |
6098 | ||
6099 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
6100 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: | |
6101 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6102 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6103 | |
6104 | default: | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6105 | // no VkKeyScan() under CE unfortunately, we need to test how does |
6106 | // it handle OEM keys | |
6107 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6108 | // check to see if its one of the OEM key codes. |
6109 | BYTE vks = LOBYTE(VkKeyScan(wxk)); | |
6e3e6c8e | 6110 | if ( vks != 0xff ) |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6111 | { |
6112 | vk = vks; | |
6113 | } | |
6114 | else | |
d9fda37b | 6115 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6116 | { |
6117 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
6118 | *isVirtual = false; | |
6119 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; | |
6120 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 6121 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6122 | |
6123 | return vk; | |
6124 | } | |
6125 | ||
6126 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() | |
6127 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6128 | { | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6129 | // SM_SWAPBUTTON is not available under CE, so don't swap buttons there |
6130 | #ifdef SM_SWAPBUTTON | |
6131 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON || vk == VK_RBUTTON ) | |
b8f434e7 | 6132 | { |
d9fda37b VZ |
6133 | if ( ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON) ) |
6134 | { | |
6135 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON ) | |
6136 | vk = VK_RBUTTON; | |
6137 | else // vk == VK_RBUTTON | |
6138 | vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6139 | } | |
b8f434e7 | 6140 | } |
d9fda37b VZ |
6141 | #endif // SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6142 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6143 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6144 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6145 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6146 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6147 | } |
6148 | ||
1751226c | 6149 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6150 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6151 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6152 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6153 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6154 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6155 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6156 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6157 | |
d5c21b02 | 6158 | const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key); |
44353523 | 6159 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6160 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6161 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6162 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6163 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6164 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6165 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6166 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6167 | |
fdec2c05 | 6168 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6169 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6170 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6171 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6172 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6173 | } |
6174 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6175 | |
6176 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6177 | { | |
6178 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6179 | POINT pt; | |
6180 | GetCursorPos( &pt ); | |
6181 | ||
6182 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6183 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6184 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6185 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6186 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6187 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6188 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6189 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6190 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6191 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6192 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6193 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6194 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6195 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6196 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6197 | return ms; |
6198 | } | |
6199 | ||
6200 | ||
42e69d6b | 6201 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6202 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6203 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6204 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6205 | { |
dca0f651 | 6206 | return wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6207 | } |
42e69d6b | 6208 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6209 | } |
6210 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6211 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6212 | { | |
6213 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6214 | ||
6215 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6216 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6217 | // window hierarchy | |
6218 | wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
6219 | if ( hwnd ) | |
6220 | { | |
dca0f651 | 6221 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6222 | if ( !win ) |
6223 | { | |
a2242341 | 6224 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
8614c467 VZ |
6225 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6226 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6227 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6228 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6229 | { |
975b6bcf | 6230 | win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6231 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6232 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6233 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6234 | ||
6235 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6236 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6237 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6238 | if ( !win ) |
6239 | { | |
6240 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6241 | } | |
6242 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6243 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6244 | } |
6245 | ||
6246 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6247 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6248 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6249 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6250 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6251 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6252 | // | |
6253 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6254 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6255 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6256 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6257 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6258 | { | |
6259 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6260 | break; | |
6261 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6262 | #endif |
761989ff | 6263 | |
8614c467 | 6264 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
dca0f651 | 6265 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6266 | } |
6267 | ||
6268 | return win; | |
6269 | } | |
6270 | ||
7f0586ef | 6271 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6272 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6273 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6274 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6275 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
6276 | static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0; | |
6277 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT | |
6278 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam); | |
2bda0e17 | 6279 | |
42e69d6b | 6280 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
2bda0e17 | 6281 | { |
42e69d6b | 6282 | if ( doIt ) |
2d0a075d | 6283 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6284 | wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance()); |
6285 | wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(), | |
c7527e3f | 6286 | |
8614c467 | 6287 | GetCurrentThreadId() |
42e69d6b | 6288 | // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right? |
8614c467 | 6289 | ); |
2d0a075d | 6290 | } |
2d0a075d | 6291 | else |
2d0a075d | 6292 | { |
42e69d6b | 6293 | UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); |
2d0a075d | 6294 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
6295 | } |
6296 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6297 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT |
6298 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) | |
2bda0e17 | 6299 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6300 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6301 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6302 | { |
ff792344 | 6303 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
32de7d24 | 6304 | if ( id != 0 ) |
43d811ea | 6305 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6306 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
6307 | if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN ) | |
08158721 | 6308 | event.m_altDown = true; |
c085e333 | 6309 | |
687706f5 | 6310 | event.SetEventObject(NULL); |
42e69d6b | 6311 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
3f7bc32b VZ |
6312 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
6313 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
f0b1ccde | 6314 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 6315 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 6316 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 6317 | wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow(); |
32de7d24 | 6318 | wxEvtHandler *handler; |
42e69d6b VZ |
6319 | if ( win ) |
6320 | { | |
32de7d24 VZ |
6321 | handler = win->GetEventHandler(); |
6322 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6323 | } |
6324 | else | |
6325 | { | |
32de7d24 | 6326 | handler = wxTheApp; |
abb74e0f | 6327 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); |
32de7d24 VZ |
6328 | } |
6329 | ||
6330 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
6331 | { | |
6332 | // processed | |
6333 | return 1; | |
42e69d6b | 6334 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6335 | } |
6336 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6337 | |
42e69d6b | 6338 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6339 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
6340 | |
6341 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ | |
4fabb575 | 6342 | |
b2aef89b | 6343 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
4a712ba3 | 6344 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6345 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6346 | switch ( message ) |
6347 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6348 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6349 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6350 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6351 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6352 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6353 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6354 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6355 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6356 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6357 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6358 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6359 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6360 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6361 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6362 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6363 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6364 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6365 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6366 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6367 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6368 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6369 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6370 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6371 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6372 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6373 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6374 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6375 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6376 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6377 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6378 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6379 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6380 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6381 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6382 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6383 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6384 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6385 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6386 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6387 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6388 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6389 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6390 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6391 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6392 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6393 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6394 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6395 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6396 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6397 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6398 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6399 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6400 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6403 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6404 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6405 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6406 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6407 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6408 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6409 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6410 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6411 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6412 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6413 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6414 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6415 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6416 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6417 | ||
6418 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6419 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6420 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6421 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6422 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6423 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6424 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6425 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6426 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6427 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6428 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6429 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6430 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6431 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6432 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6433 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6434 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6435 | |
6436 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6437 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6438 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6439 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6440 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6441 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6442 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6443 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6444 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6445 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6446 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6447 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6448 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6449 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6450 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6451 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6452 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6453 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6454 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6455 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6456 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6457 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6458 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6459 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6460 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6461 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6462 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6463 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6464 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6465 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6466 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6467 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6468 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6469 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6470 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6471 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6472 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6473 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6474 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6475 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6476 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6477 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6478 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6479 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6480 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6481 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6482 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6483 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6484 | ||
6485 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6486 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6487 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6488 | ||
6489 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6490 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6491 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6492 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6493 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6494 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6495 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6496 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6497 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6498 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6499 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6500 | |
6501 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); | |
6502 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6503 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6504 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6505 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6506 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6507 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6508 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6509 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6510 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6511 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6512 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6513 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6514 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6515 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6516 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6517 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6518 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6519 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6520 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6521 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6522 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6523 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6524 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6525 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6526 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6527 | ||
6528 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6529 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6530 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6531 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6532 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6533 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6534 | ||
6535 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6536 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6537 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6538 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6539 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6540 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6541 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6542 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6543 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6544 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6545 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6546 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6547 | ||
6548 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6549 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6550 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6551 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6552 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6553 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6554 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6555 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6556 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6557 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6558 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6559 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6560 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6561 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6562 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6563 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6564 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6565 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6566 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6567 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6568 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6569 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6570 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6571 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6572 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6573 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6574 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6575 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6576 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6577 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6578 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6579 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6580 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6581 | |
6582 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6583 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6584 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6585 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6586 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6587 | |
2d0a075d | 6588 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6589 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6590 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6591 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6592 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6593 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6594 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6595 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6596 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6597 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6598 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6599 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6600 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6601 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6602 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6603 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6604 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6605 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6606 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6607 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6608 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6609 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6610 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6611 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6612 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6613 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6614 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6615 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6616 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6617 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6618 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6619 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6620 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6621 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6622 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6623 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6624 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6625 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6626 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6627 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6628 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6629 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6630 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6631 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6632 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6633 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6634 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6635 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6636 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6637 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6638 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6639 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6640 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6641 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6642 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6643 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6644 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6645 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6646 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6647 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
6648 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
6649 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
6650 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
6651 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6652 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6653 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
6654 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6655 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6656 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
6657 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
6658 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6659 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6660 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
6661 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
6662 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6663 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6664 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
6665 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 6666 | |
2d0a075d | 6667 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6668 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
6669 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6670 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6671 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
6672 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6673 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
6674 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
6675 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
6676 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6677 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6678 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6679 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
6680 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6681 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6682 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6683 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6684 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6685 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6686 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6687 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
6688 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
6689 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6690 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
6691 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6692 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
6693 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
6694 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6695 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6696 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6697 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 6698 | |
2d0a075d | 6699 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6700 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
6701 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6702 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6703 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6704 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
6705 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
6706 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
6707 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
6708 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
6709 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
6710 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6711 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6712 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6713 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
6714 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6715 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
6716 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
6717 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 6718 | |
2d0a075d | 6719 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6720 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
6721 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6722 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6723 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
6724 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
6725 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
6726 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
6727 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6728 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6729 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6730 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6731 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6732 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
6733 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
6734 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
6735 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
6736 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
6737 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
6738 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
6739 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
6740 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
6741 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6742 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6743 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
6744 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
6745 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
6746 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 6747 | |
2d0a075d | 6748 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6749 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
6750 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
6751 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
6752 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
6753 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
6754 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
6755 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
6756 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
6757 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
6758 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
6759 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
6760 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
6761 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
6762 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
6763 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
6764 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
6765 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
6766 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
6767 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
6768 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
6769 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
6770 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
6771 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
6772 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
6773 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6774 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
6775 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6776 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
6777 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
6778 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6779 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6780 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
6781 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
6782 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
6783 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
6784 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
6785 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
6786 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
6787 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
6788 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
6789 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
6790 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6791 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6792 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
6793 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
6794 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6795 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6796 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6797 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6798 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
6799 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
6800 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6801 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
6802 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
6803 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
6804 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 6805 | |
42e69d6b | 6806 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6807 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
6808 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
6809 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 6810 | } |
47cbd6da | 6811 | } |
ea57084d | 6812 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
4aff28fc | 6813 | |
1e6feb95 | 6814 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6815 | { |
6816 | // prepare the DC | |
6817 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
6818 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
6819 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
6820 | ||
6821 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6822 | // and select the current font into it | |
6823 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
6824 | if ( hfont ) | |
6825 | { | |
6826 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6827 | } | |
6828 | #endif | |
6829 | ||
6830 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
6831 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
6832 | ||
6833 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6834 | // and clean up | |
6835 | if ( hfont ) | |
6836 | { | |
6837 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6838 | } | |
6839 | #endif | |
6840 | ||
6841 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
6842 | ||
6843 | return tm; | |
6844 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
6845 | |
6846 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
6847 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 6848 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 6849 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
6850 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
6851 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
6852 | } |
6853 | ||
6854 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
6855 | { | |
6856 | POINT pt2; | |
6857 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
6858 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 6859 | |
ab3eae34 | 6860 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
3723b7b1 | 6861 | |
ab3eae34 | 6862 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6863 | } |
6864 | ||
6865 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
6866 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
6867 | { | |
1772ead0 | 6868 | POINT pt; |
f2325516 JS |
6869 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
6870 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
6871 | #else | |
1772ead0 | 6872 | GetCursorPos( & pt ); |
f2325516 | 6873 | #endif |
5cd16c0c | 6874 | |
1772ead0 | 6875 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6876 | } |
6877 | ||
5048c832 | 6878 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 6879 | |
afafd942 JS |
6880 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6881 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
6882 | { | |
6883 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
6884 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
6885 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
6886 | ||
6887 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
6888 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll")); | |
6889 | if (hCoreDll) | |
6890 | { | |
6891 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1")); | |
6892 | if (procUnregisterFunc) | |
6893 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
6894 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
6895 | } | |
6896 | } | |
6897 | #endif | |
6898 | ||
540b6b09 | 6899 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
6900 | { |
6901 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6902 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
6903 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
6904 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
6905 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
6906 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
6907 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
6908 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
6909 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
6910 | ||
afafd942 JS |
6911 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6912 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
6913 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
6914 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
6915 | #endif | |
6916 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6917 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
6918 | { | |
6919 | wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey")); | |
5048c832 | 6920 | |
08158721 | 6921 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6922 | } |
6923 | ||
08158721 | 6924 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6925 | } |
6926 | ||
6927 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
6928 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
6929 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6930 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
6931 | #endif | |
6932 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6933 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
6934 | { | |
6935 | wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey")); | |
6936 | ||
08158721 | 6937 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6938 | } |
6939 | ||
08158721 | 6940 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6941 | } |
6942 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
6943 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
6944 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6945 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
6946 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6947 | int hotkeyId = wParam; |
6948 | int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam); | |
6949 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); | |
6950 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6951 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam)); |
6952 | event.SetId(hotkeyId); | |
6953 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; | |
6954 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
6955 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
6956 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 | 6957 | |
937013e0 | 6958 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5048c832 | 6959 | } |
540b6b09 | 6960 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
6961 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
6962 | ||
540b6b09 | 6963 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 6964 | |
550049c2 | 6965 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 6966 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 6967 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6968 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
6969 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
6970 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
6971 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
6972 | // dispatching otherwise | |
6973 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
6974 | { | |
d79df32c | 6975 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 6976 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 6977 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6978 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
6979 | ( |
6980 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
6981 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
6982 | NULL, | |
6983 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6984 | ); | |
d79df32c | 6985 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6986 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
6987 | { | |
6988 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); | |
6989 | ||
6990 | return false; | |
6991 | } | |
6992 | ||
6993 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 6994 | } |
550049c2 | 6995 | |
3a3c8603 | 6996 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 6997 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
6998 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
6999 | } | |
550049c2 | 7000 | |
3a3c8603 | 7001 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 7002 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7003 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
7004 | |
7005 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
7006 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
7007 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
7008 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 7009 | { |
550049c2 | 7010 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 7011 | } |
550049c2 | 7012 | |
3a3c8603 | 7013 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 7014 | } |
550049c2 | 7015 | |
d79df32c | 7016 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 7017 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
7018 | |
7019 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 7020 | }; |
d79df32c | 7021 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7022 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
7023 | ||
7024 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7025 | ||
7026 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7027 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7028 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7029 | ||
7030 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7031 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7032 | { | |
7033 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
7034 | { | |
7035 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7036 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7037 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7038 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7039 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7040 | while (current) | |
7041 | { | |
7042 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7043 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7044 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7045 | } | |
7046 | } | |
7047 | #endif | |
7048 | ||
7049 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7050 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7051 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7052 | { | |
7053 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7054 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7055 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7056 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7057 | event.Skip(); |
7058 | } | |
7059 | #endif |